Professional Documents
Culture Documents
SASTRY
DESIGNATION : DIRECTOR & HEAD, LEARNING & DEVELOPMENT, RAMKY GROUP, HYDERABAD PHONE : MOBILE : 9849637909 RESIDENCE : 040 27634985 E-MAIL : pgsastry@yahoo.co.uk AGE : 76 YEARS
AWARDS RECEIVED:
1. ALEXANDER VON HUMBOLDT POST-DOCTORAL FELLOWSHIP on Global Competition, Germany, 1970 & 71. 2. Best paper in ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING, The Institution of Engineers (India), during 1978-79 and also in 1979-80 . 3. HEM PRABHA S.N.GUPTA BEST PAPER AWARD IN HYDROLOGY, The Institution of Engineers (India), 1990-91. 1
4. 5.
6.
PROFESSIONAL EXPERTISE AWARD IN ENGINEERING, Vishwabharathi Academy, 1998. PARYAVARANA PRAVEENA, title conferred by the Chief Minister of Andhra Pradesh, 2005.
BHARAT RATNA SIR M. VISVESVARAYA SPECIAL AWARD, Government of A.P. and The Institution of Engineers (India), 2005. SIR ARTHUR COTTON AWARD, Jandhyala Charitable Trust, 2006. PROFESSOR PAR EXCELLENCE, title conferred by the Chief Minister of Andhra Pradesh, 2006.
7. 8.
9.
PADMABHUSHAN DR.K.L.RAO SPECIAL AWARD, A.P. Government and the Institution of Engineers (India), 2007. 10. PAUL HARRIS FELLOW, Rotary International Foundation, 2007. 11. ENGINEERING EDUCATOR LIFE TIME ACHIEVEMENT AWARD, Indian Society for Technical Education (ISTE), 2008.
12. HONORARY DOCTORATE (D.Sc.) Acharya Nagarjuna University, 2009.
13. ROTARY VOCATIOAL EXCELLENCE Rotary Club of Hyderabad East, India, 2009.
AWARD,
14. AWARD OF EXCELLENCE IN THE FIELD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, Lions Clubs International, 2013.
2
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION:
1. B.TECH.(HONS) from I.I.T. Kharagpur (only I.I.T. at the time of admission), 1957. 2. M.TECH. with FIRST RANK from I.I.T. Kharagpur, 1958. 3. Ph.D. from Germany in 1962, Class awarded: VERY GOOD (MAGNA CUM LAUDE). 4. POST-DOCTORAL RESEARCH , Germany , 1970 & 71. 5. FIRST RANK in the TRAINING OF TRAINERS (TOT) ON DIAGNOSTIC ANALYSIS OF IRRIGATION SYSTEMS, UNITED STATES AGENCY FOR INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT (USAID) and CENTRAL WATER COMMISSION (CWC), 1986. 6. RESETTLEMENT AND REHABILITATION, ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT INSTITUTE OF THE WORLD BANK, 1994. 7. ISO 9000 Lead Assessor for Assessment of Quality Management Systems, NIGEL BAUER AND ASSOCIATES, U.K., 1996. 8. ISO 14000 Lead Auditor for Auditing of Environmental Management Systems, MARSDEN ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS, U.K., 1997. 9. Certificate in Project Management with Specialization in Roads & Transportation, INSTITUTE OF PROJECT MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATION (IPMC), Delhi, 2011. 4
GUIDED 59 M.TECHs. AND 3 PH.Ds. AT N.I.T., WARANGAL. 84 RESEARCH PUBLICATIONS IN INDIA AND ABROAD.
5
Getting Started
To Date Exposure On
Outcomes- Based Engineering Education
is given to:
a. 4000 Faculty of 47 Engineering Colleges, and b. 375 Executives of Seven Practicing Engineering Organizations
Mobile: 9849637909 Email: pgsastry@yahoo.co.uk 8
CONTENTS
# 1. 2. 3 4. 5. 6. 7. TRADITIONAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION ENGINEER OF THE 21ST CENTURY EMPLOYABILITY OF ENGINEERING GRADUATES PARADIGM SHIFT IN ENGINEERING EDUCATION GUIDANCE FOR FACULTY OUTCOMES BASED ENGINEERING EDUCATION WRITING LEARNING OUTCOMES TOPIC Slides 10 12 13 120 121 162 163 175 176 191 192 292 293 323
8.
9. 10. 11.
324 329
330 405 406 481 482 587
12.
13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19.
588 631
632 635 636 704 705 800 801 843 844 854 855 895 896 1247
CASE STUDY SELF ASSESSMENT REPORT (SAR) FOR ACCREDITATION OF B.TECH. PROGRAMME IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING BY NBA, TIER I
Traditional Engineering Education: Educational objectives are not comprehensively planned and informed to students. Low level of student involvement Too much technical content at the expense of a broader, liberal education Stress on Lower Order Thinking Skills Student assessment is not aligned to program outcomes.
11
The current paradigm for engineering education, seems increasingly suspect in an era in which the shelf life of taught knowledge has declined to a few years. The principal question asked of the engineering graduate at the time of recruitment is no longer What courses did you study to obtain your degree?" but rather What can you do now that you have obtained your degree? Talk of encouraging creativeness is mischievous unless students are also equipped with competence. Talk of problem-solving is cant unless students are knowledgeable enough to recognize a real problem when they see one. 12
i. Information: Proliferating ii. Technological Development: Multidisciplinary A solution may be to shift our emphasis away from providing training in an ever increasing number of specialty areas to providing a core set of science and engineering fundamentals, helping students integrate knowledge across disciplines, and equipping them with independent and lifelong learning skills.
13
iii. Markets: Globalized In the future, industries that cannot compete in the international market are unlikely to survive in the domestic market. iv. The Environment: Endangered. v. Social Responsibility: Emerging Technology is responsible for much of what we value about our society and our way of life, but it must also take responsibility for the threats to public health and depletion of nonrenewable natural resources that now endanger that way of life. vi. Corporate Structures: Participatory. vii. Change: Rapid To anticipate and respond to the increasingly changing global economy.
14
ii. Problem Solving, Critical Thinking and Creative Thinking Skills (EC 2000 Outcomes : a,b,c,e, and k)
When given a problem to solve, students should be equipped to: identify the goal and put it in context; formulate a systematic plan of attack that incorporates a suitable blend of analysis, synthesis, evaluation, and problem-solving heuristics; locate sources of information;
16
Here are some basic skills for learning how to think more critically: Question everything and everybody.
Be skeptical, as any good scientist is.
Do not believe everything you hear and read, without evaluating the information you receive. Seek other sources and opinions.
18
Identify and evaluate your personal biases and beliefs. Each of us has biases and beliefs taught to us by our parents, teachers, friends, role models, and experience. What are your basic beliefs, values, and biases? Where did they come from? What assumptions are they based on? How sure are you that your beliefs, values, and assumptions are right?
19
Be open-minded and flexible. Be open to considering different points of view. Suspend judgment until you gather more evidence, and be willing to change your mind. Recognize that there may be a number of useful and acceptable solutions to a problem and that very few issues are black or white.
20
There are trade-offs involved in dealing with issues. One way to evaluate divergent views is to try to take the viewpoints of other people. How do they see the world? What are their basic assumptions and beliefs? Are their positions logically consistent with their assumptions and beliefs? Be humble about what you know. Some people are so confident in what they know that they stop thinking and questioning.
21
Evaluate how the information related to an issue was obtained. Are the statements you heard or read based on firsthand knowledge and research or on hearsay? Are unnamed sources used? Is the information based on reproducible and widely accepted scientific studies or on preliminary scientific results that may be valid but need further testing?
22
Is the information based on a few isolated stories or experiences (anecdotal information) or on carefully controlled studies with the results reviewed by experts in the field involved (peer review)?
Is it based on unsubstantiated and dubious scientific information or beliefs?
23
Question the evidence and conclusions presented. What are the conclusions or claims? What evidence is presented to support them? Does the evidence support them? Is there a need to gather more evidence to test the conclusions? Are there other, more reasonable conclusions? Try to uncover differences in basic beliefs and assumptions. On the surface most arguments or disagreements involve differences in opinions about the validity or meaning of certain facts or conclusions.
24
Scratch a little deeper and you will find that most disagreements are usually based on different (and often hidden) basic assumptions concerning how we look at and interpret the world around us. Uncovering these basic differences can allow the parties involved to understand where each is coming from and to agree to disagree about their basic assumptions, beliefs, or principles.
25
Try to identify and assess any motives on the part of those presenting evidence and drawing conclusions. What is their expertise in this area? Do they have any unstated assumptions, beliefs, biases, or values? Do they have a personal agenda? Can they benefit financially or politically from acceptance of their evidence and conclusions? Would investigators with different basic assumptions or beliefs take the same data and come to different conclusions?
26
Expect and tolerate uncertainty. Recognize that scientists can disprove things but they cannot establish absolute proof or certainty. However, the reliable results of science have a high degree of certainty. Do the arguments used involve logical fallacies or debating tricks? Here are six of many examples. First, attack the presenter of an argument rather than the argument itself.
27
Second, appeal to emotion rather than facts and logic. Third, claim that if one piece of evidence or one conclusion is false, then all other related pieces of evidence and conclusions are false.
Fourth, say that a conclusion is false because it has not been scientifically proven (scientists never prove anything absolutely, but they can often establish high degrees of certainty.
28
Fifth, inject irrelevant or misleading information to divert attention from important points. Sixth, present only either/or alternatives when there may be a number of options. Do not believe everything you read on the Internet. The Internet is a wonderful and easily accessible source of information, including alternative explanations and opinions on almost any subject or issuemuch of it not available in the mainstream media and scholarly articles.
29
Web logs, or blogs, have become a major source of information, even more important than standard news media for some people. However, because the Internet is so open, anyone can post anything they want to some blogs and other websites with no editorial control or review by experts. As a result, evaluating information on the Internet is one of the best ways to put into practice the principles of critical thinking discussed here. Use and enjoy the Internet, but think critically and proceed with caution.
30
Develop principles or rules for evaluating evidence. Develop a written list of principles to serve as guidelines for evaluating evidence and claims. Continually evaluate and modify this list on the basis of your experience. Become a seeker of wisdom, not a vessel of information. Many people believe that the main goal of education is to learn as much as you can by gathering more and more information.
31
We believe that the primary goal is to learn how to sift through mountains of facts and ideas to find the few nuggets of wisdom that are the most useful for understanding the world and for making decisions. Never mistake knowledge for wisdom. One helps you make a living; the other helps you make a life. Sandra Carey, writer Some individuals with a high intelligence but lacking wisdom can get all As and flunk life. Walker Percy, American writer
32
PROMOTING CRITICAL THINKING SKILLS AMONG STUDENTS OF THE COURSE ON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE CHAPTER 1: Environmental Problems, Their Causes and Their Sustainability. 1. Do you think you are living unsustainably? Explain. If so, what are the three most environmentally unsustainable components of your lifestyle? 2. List two ways in which you could apply each of the three principles of sustainability to making your lifestyle more environmentally sustainable.
33
3. For each of the following actions, state one or more of the three principles of sustainability that are involved: (a) recycling aluminum cans; (b) walking or bicycling to nearby places instead of driving; (c) taking your own reusable bags to the grocery store to carry things home; (d) volunteering to help restore a choked open drain/waste dump site in your residential area; and (e) lobbying elected officials to require that a sizeable portion of your countrys electricity be produced by wind / solar power by 2020.
34
4. Explain why you agree or disagree with the following propositions: a. Stabilizing population is not desirable because, without more consumers, economic growth would stop. b. The world will never run out of resources because we can use technology to find substitutes and to help us reduce resource waste. 5. Suppose the worlds population stopped growing today. What environmental problems might this help solve?
35
What environmental problems would remain? What economic problems might population stabilization make worse? 6. When you read that at least 19,200 people die prematurely each day (13 per minute) from preventable malnutrition and infectious disease, how does it make you feel? Can you think of something that you and others could do to address this problem? What might that be? 7. What do you think when you read that the average American consumes 30 times more resources than the average citizen of India; and
36
8. Explain why you agree or disagree with each of the following statements: a) humans are superior to other forms of life; b) humans are in charge of the earth; c) the value of other forms of life depends only on whether they are useful to us; d) because all forms of life eventually become extinct we should not worry about whether our activities cause their premature extinction;
37
e) all forms of life have an inherent right to exist; f) all economic growth is good; g) nature has an almost unlimited storehouse of resources for human use; h) technology can solve our environmental problems; i) I do not believe I have any obligation to future generations; and j) I do not believe I have any obligation to other forms of life.
38
9. What are the basic beliefs within your environmental worldview? Record your answer and perhaps put it into a sealed envelope. Then at the end of this course return to your answer to see if your environmental worldview has changed. Are the beliefs included in your environmental worldview consistent with your answers to question 8? Are your actions that affect the environment consistent with your environmental worldview? Explain. 10.List two questions that you would like to get answered as a result of reading this chapter.
39
1.How would you explain the importance of tropical rain forests to people who think that such forests have no connection to their lives? 2.Explain why a) the flow of energy through the biosphere depends on the cycling of nutrients, and b) the cycling of nutrients depends on gravity.
40
3. Explain why microbes are so important. List two beneficial and two harmful effects of microbes on your health and lifestyle. Write a brief description of what you think would happen to you if microbes were eliminated from the earth. 4. Make a list of the food you ate for lunch or dinner today. Trace each type of food back to a particular producer species. Describe the sequence of feeding levels that led to your feeding.
41
5. Why do farmers not need to apply carbon to grow their crops but often need to add fertilizer containing nitrogen and phosphorus? 6. What changes might take place in the hydrologic cycle if the earths climate becomes a) hotter or b) cooler? In each case, what are two ways in which these changes might affect your lifestyle?
42
8. What would happen to an ecosystem if a. all its decomposers and detritus feeders were eliminated, b. all its producers were eliminated, or c. all its insects were eliminated? Could a balanced ecosystem exist with only producers and decomposers and no consumers such as humans and other animals? Explain. 9. List three ways in which you could make your lifestyle more environmentally sustainable. 10.List two questions that you would like to get answered as a result of reading this chapter.
43
b. we should not worry about air pollution because natural selection will enable humans to develop lungs that can detoxify pollutants? 4. Describe the major differences between the ecological niches of humans and cockroaches. Are these two forms of life in competition? If so, how do they manage to coexist? 5. How would you experimentally determine whether an organism is a keystone species? 6. Is the human species a keystone species? Explain. If humans were to become extinct, what are two species that might also become extinct and two species whose populations might grow?
45
7. Explain how you would respond to someone who says that because extinction is a natural process, we should not worry about the loss of biodiversity when species become prematurely extinct as a result of our activities. 8. List three ways in which you could apply the Concept Human activities can decrease biodiversity by causing the premature extinction of species and by destroying or degrading habitats needed for the development of new species to live a more environmentally sustainable lifestyle.
46
9. Congratulations! You are in charge of the future evolution of life on the earth. What are the three most important things you will do? 10. List two questions that you would like to get answered as a result of reading this chapter.
47
3. Explain why most species with a high capacity for population growth (such as bacteria, flies, and cockroaches) tend to have small individuals, while those with a low capacity for population growth (such as humans, elephants, and whales) tend to have large individuals. 4. Which reproductive strategy do most insect pest species and harmful bacteria use? Why does this make it difficult for us to control their populations?
49
5. List three factors that have limited human population growth in the past that we have overcome. Describe how we overcame each of these factors. List two factors that may limit human population growth in the future. 6. If the human species suffered a population crash, name three species that might move in to occupy part of our ecological niche. 7. How would you reply to someone who argues that we should not worry about our effects on natural systems because natural succession will heal the wounds of human activities and restore the balance of nature? 50
8. How would you reply to someone who contends that efforts to preserve natural systems are not worthwhile because nature is largely unpredictable? 9. In your own words, restate the quotation by Sir Francis Bacon: We cannot command nature except by obeying her. Do you agree with this notion? Why or why not? 10. List two questions that you would like to get answered as a result of reading this chapter.
51
1. Which of the three major environmental worldviews planetary management worldview, stewardship worldview, and environmental wisdom worldview do you believe underlie each of the two major positions on whether the world is overpopulated? Should everyone have the right to have as many children as they want? Explain. Is your belief on this issue consistent with your environmental worldview? 2. Identify a major local, national, or global environmental problem, and describe the role of population growth in this problem.
52
3. Do you believe that the population is too high in (a) the world, (b) your own country, and (c) the area where you live? Explain. 4. Some people have proposed that the earth could solve its population problem by moving people to space colonies, each containing about 10,000 people. Assuming we could build such large-scale, selfsustaining space stations (a big assumption), how many people would we have to ship off each day to provide living spaces for the 82 million people added to the earths population this year?
53
Current space shuttles can handle about 6 to 8 passengers. If this capacity could be increased to 100 passengers per shuttle, how many shuttles would have to be launched per day to offset the 82 million people added this year? According to your calculations, determine whether this proposal is a logical solution to the earths population problem.
54
5. Some people believe our most important goal should be to sharply reduce the rate of population growth in developing countries, where 97% of the worlds population growth is expected to take place. Others argue that the most serious environmental problems stem from high levels of resource consumption per person in developed countries, which use 88% of the worlds resources and have much larger ecological footprints per person than do developing countries. What is your view on this issue? Explain.
55
6. Experts have identified population growth as one of the major causes of the environmental problems we face. The population of United States is growing faster than that of China and of any of the worlds other developed countries. But this problem is rarely mentioned, and the U.S. government has no official policy to slow its population growth. Why do think this is so? Do you agree with this hands-off approach? If not, list three things you would do to slow U.S. population growth.
56
7. List three reasons why you (a) enjoy living in a large city, (b) would like to live in a large city, or (c) do not wish to live in a large city. 8. If you own a car or hope to own one, what conditions, if any, would encourage you to rely less on the automobile and to travel to school or work by bicycle, on foot, by mass transit, or by carpool?
57
9. Congratulations!
3. Why do deserts and arctic tundra support a much smaller biomass of animals than do tropical forests? Why do most animals in a tropical rain forest live in its trees? 4. Why do most species living at high latitudes and high altitudes tend to have generalist ecological niches while those living in the tropics tend to have specialist niches?
60
5. Which biomes are best suited for a. raising crops and b. grazing livestock? Use the three principles of sustainability to come up with three guidelines for growing food and grazing livestock in these biomes on a more sustainable basis. 6. What type of biome do you live in? (If you live in a developed area, what type of biome was the area before it was developed?) List three ways in which your lifestyle could be contributing to degradation of this biome?
61
7. You are a defense attorney arguing in court for sparing a tropical rain forest from being cut. Give your three most important arguments for the defense of this ecosystem. 8. You are a defense attorney arguing in court for protecting a coral reef from harmful human activities. Give your three most important arguments for the defense of this ecosystem.
62
9. Congratulations!
You are in charge of the world. What are the three most important features of your plan for helping to sustain the earths (a) terrestrial biodiversity and ecosystems
services and
(b) aquatic biodiversity and ecosystem services? 10.List two questions that you would like to get answered as a result of reading this chapter.
63
Chapter 8: Sustaining Biodiversity : The Species Approach 1. What are three aspects of your lifestyle that might directly or indirectly contribute to the premature extinction of the polar bear? 2. Describe your gut-level reaction to the following statement: Eventually, all species become extinct. So it does not really matter that the passenger pigeon is extinct, and that the polar bear and the worlds remaining tiger species are endangered mostly because of human activities. Be honest about your reaction, and give arguments to support your position.
64
3. Do you accept the ethical position that each species has the inherent right to survive without human interference, regardless of whether it serves any useful purpose for humans? Explain. Would you extend this right to the Anopheles mosquito, which transmits malaria, and to infectious bacteria? Explain. 4. Wildlife ecologist and environmental philosopher Aldo Leopold wrote, To keep every cog and wheel is the first precaution of intelligent tinkering. Explain how this statement relates to the material in this chapter. 5. What would you do if fire ants invaded your yard and house?
65
6. Which of the following statements best describes your feelings toward wildlife? a. As long as it stays in its space, wildlife is okay. b. As long as I do not need its space, wildlife is okay. c. I have the right to use wildlife habitat to meet my own needs. d. When you have seen one redwood tree, elephant, or some other form of wildlife, you have seen them all, so lock up a few of each species in a zoo or wildlife park and do not worry about protecting the rest. e. Wildlife should be protected in their current ranges.
66
7. Environmental groups in a heavily forested state want to restrict logging in some areas to save the habitat of an endangered squirrel. Timber company officials argue that the well-being of one type of squirrel is not as important as the well-being of the many families who would be affected if the restriction causes the company to lay off hundreds of workers. If you had the power to decide this issue, what would you do and why? Can you come up with a compromise?
67
8. Write an argument for a. preserving a weed species in your yard, and for b. not exterminating a colony of wooddamaging carpenter ants in your home. 9. Congratulations! You are in charge of preventing the premature extinction, caused by human activities, of the worlds existing species. List the three most important policies you would implement to accomplish this goal. 10.List two questions that you would like to get answered as a result of reading this chapter.
68
3. There is controversy over whether Yellowstone National Park in the United States should be accessible by snowmobile during winter. Conservationists and backpackers, who use cross-country skis or snowshoes for excursions in the park during winter, are opposed to this idea. They contend that snowmobiles are noisy, pollute the air, and can destroy vegetation and disrupt some of the parks wildlife.
70
Proponents say that snowmobiles should be allowed so that snowmobilers can enjoy the park during winter when cars are mostly banned. They point out that new snowmobiles are made to cut pollution and noise. A proposed compromise plan would allow no more than 950 of these new machines into the park per day, only on roads, and primarily on guided tours. What is your view on this issue? Explain.
71
4. In 2007, environmental analyst Lester R. Brown estimated that reforesting the earth and restoring the earths degraded rangelands would cost about $15 billion a year. Suppose the United States, the worlds most affluent country, agreed to put up half this money, at an average annual cost of $25 per American. Would you support doing this? Explain. 5. Should developed countries provide most of the money needed to help preserve the remaining tropical forests in developing countries? Explain. 6. Are you in favor of establishing more wilderness areas in the United States, especially in the lower 48 states (or in the country where you live)? Explain. What might be some drawbacks of doing this? 72
7. What do you think are the three greatest threats to aquatic biodiversity and aquatic ecosystem services? Why? Why is it more difficult to identify and protect endangered marine species and ecosystems than to protect endangered species and ecosystems on land?
73
8. You are a defense attorney arguing in court for sparing a large area of tropical rain forest from being cut down. Give your three strongest arguments for the defense of this ecosystem. If you had to choose between sparing a tropical rain forest and sparing a coral reef of about the same size, which one would you try to save? Explain.
74
9. Congratulations! You are in charge of the world. List the three most important features of your policies for using and managing a. forests, b. grasslands, c. nature reserves such as parks and wildlife refuges, d. biological hotspots, and e. the worlds aquatic biodiversity and ecosystem services. 10.List two questions that you would like to get answered as a result of reading this chapter.
75
4. Suppose you live near a coastal area and a company wants to use a fairly large area of coastal marshland for an aquaculture operation. If you were an elected local official, would you support or oppose such a project? Explain. What safeguards or regulations would you impose on the operation? 5. Explain how widespread use of a pesticide can
a. increase the damage done by a particular pest and b. create new pest organisms.
6. If increased mosquito populations threatened you with malaria or West Nile virus, would you want to spray DDT in your yard and inside your home to reduce the risk? Explain. 77 What are the alternatives?
7. List three ways in which your lifestyle directly or indirectly contributes to soil erosion. 8. According to physicist and philosopher Albert Einstein, Nothing will benefit human health and increase chances of survival of life on Earth as much as the evolution to a vegetarian diet. Do you agree with this statement? Explain. Are you willing to eat less meat or no meat? Explain. 9. Congratulations! You are in charge of the world. List the three most important features of your a. agricultural policy, b. strategy for reducing soil erosion, c. strategy for more sustainable harvesting and farming of fish and shellfish, and d. global pest management strategy. 10. List two questions that you would like to get answered as 78 a result of reading this chapter.
4. Calculate how many liters (and gallons) of water are wasted in 1 month by a toilet that leaks 2 drops of water per second. (1 liter of water equals about 3,500 drops and 1 liter equals 0.265 gallon.) 5. List three ways in which human activities increase the harmful effects of flooding. What is the best way to prevent each of these human impacts? Do you think they should be prevented? Why or why not? 6. You are a regulator charged with drawing up plans for controlling water pollution. Briefly describe one idea for controlling water pollution from each of the following sources: a. an effluent pipe from a factory going into a stream, b. a parking lot at a shopping mall bordered by a stream, 80 c. a farmers field on a slope next to a stream.
7. When you flush your toilet, where does the wastewater go? Trace the actual flow of this water in your community from your toilet through sewers to a wastewater treatment plant and from there to the environment. Try to visit a local sewage treatment plant to see what it does with your wastewater. What happens to the sludge produced by this plant? What improvements, if any, would you suggest for this plant?
81
8. List three ways in which you could apply the concept : We can use water more sustainably by cutting water waste, raising water prices, slowing population growth, and protecting aquifers, forests, and other ecosystems that store and release water to make your lifestyle more environmentally sustainable. 9. List three ways in which you could apply the concept : Reducing water pollution requires preventing it, working with nature in treating sewage, cutting resource use and waste, reducing poverty, and slowing population growth to make your lifestyle more environmentally sustainable. 82
10.Congratulations! You are in charge of the world. What are three actions you would take to a. provide an adequate safe drinking water supply for the poor and for other people in developing countries, b. sharply reduce point-source water pollution in developing countries, c. sharply reduce nonpoint-source water pollution throughout the world, and d. sharply reduce groundwater pollution throughout the world. 11. List two questions that you would like to get answered as a result of reading this chapter.
83
1. List three ways in which decreasing the need to mine gold and reducing its harmful environmental effects could benefit you. 2. What do you think would happen if the earths tectonic plates stopped moving around? Explain. (Think about both short-term and longterm effects.)
3. You are an igneous rock. Write a report on what you experience as you move through the rock cycle. Repeat this exercise, assuming you are a sedimentary rock and then a metamorphic rock.
84
4. Use the second law of thermodynamics : Whenever energy is converted from one form to another in a physical or chemical change, we end up with lower quality or less usable energy than we started with to analyze the scientific and economic feasibility of each of the following processes: a. Extracting most minerals dissolved in seawater b. Mining increasingly lower-grade deposits of minerals c. Using inexhaustible solar energy to mine minerals d. Continuing to mine, use, and recycle minerals at increasing rates
85
5. List three ways in which a nanotechnology revolution could benefit you and three ways in which it could harm you. 6. Describe the strategy you would use to promote the spread of industrial ecosystems? As part of your promotion strategy for this project, describe three benefits of such systems to your community.
86
7. Explain why you support or oppose each of the following proposals concerning extraction of hard rock minerals on public land : a. halting the practice of granting title to public land for actual or claimed hard rock mineral deposits, b. requiring mining companies to pay a royalty of 812% on the gross income they earn from hard rock minerals that they extract from public lands, and c. making hard rock mining companies legally responsible for restoring the land and cleaning up environmental damage caused by their activities.
87
8. List three ways in which you could apply the concept : we can try to find substitutes for scarce resources, reduce resource waste, and recycle and reuse minerals to making your lifestyle more environmentally sustainable. 9. Congratulations! You are in charge of the world. What are the three most important features of your policy for developing and using the worlds nonrenewable mineral resources in the most sustainable way possible? 10.List two questions that you would like to get answered as a result of reading this chapter.
88
Chapter 13 : Energy
1. Imagine that you live at the Rocky Mountain Institute headquarters building, powered mostly by the sun. Do you think that you would have to give up any of the conveniences you now enjoy? If so, what are they? Describe any adjustments you might have to make in your way of living.
89
2. Some people in developing countries point out that the United States and European nations fueled their economic growth during the industrial revolution by burning coal, with little effort to control the resulting air pollution, and then sought cleaner energy sources later when they became more affluent. Developing countries say they are being asked to clean up before they becomes affluent enough to do this, without greatly slowing their economic growth. How would you deal with this dilemma? Since outdoor air pollution in developing countries has implications for the entire world, what role, if any, should the developed nations play in helping them to reduce their dependence on coal and to rely on 90 more environmentally sustainable energy sources?
3. Explain why you agree or disagree with the following proposals made by various energy analysts as ways to solve your energy problems: a. find and develop more domestic supplies of crude oil; b. place a heavy tax on gasoline and imported oil to help reduce the waste of crude oil resources and to encourage use of other alternatives;
91
c. increase dependence on coal; d. phase out coal by 2050; e. increase dependence on nuclear power; f. phase out all nuclear power plants by 2025. 4. List five ways in which you unnecessarily waste energy during a typical day, and explain how these actions violate the three principles of sustainability.
92
5. Congratulations! You have won a sizeable amount to build a more sustainable house of your choice. With the goal of maximizing energy efficiency, what type of house would you build? How large would it be? Where would you locate it? What types of materials would you use? What types of materials would you not use? How would you heat and cool the house?
93
How would you heat water? What types of lighting, stove, refrigerator, washer, and dryer would you use? Which, if any, of these appliances could you do without? Suppose you decide not to build a house. How would you use the money to promote environmental sustainability?
94
6. Should buyers of energy-efficient motor vehicles receive large rebates funded by fees levied on gas guzzlers? Explain. 7. Explain why you agree or disagree with the following proposals made by various energy analysts: a. Government subsidies for all energy alternatives should be eliminated so that all energy choices can compete in a true free-market system.
95
b. All government tax breaks and other subsidies for conventional fossil fuels (oil, natural gas, and coal), synthetic natural gas and oil, and nuclear power (fission and fusion) should be phased out. They should be replaced with subsidies and tax breaks for improving energy efficiency and developing solar, wind, geothermal, hydrogen, and biomass energy alternatives.
96
c. Development of solar, wind, and hydrogen energy should be left to private enterprise and should receive little or no help from the government, but nuclear energy and fossil fuels should continue to receive large government subsidies and tax breaks. 8. Congratulations! You are in charge of the world. List the five most important features of your energy policy. 9. List two questions that you would like to get answered as a result of reading this chapter.
97
b. We should not worry much about exposure to toxic chemicals because, through genetic adaptation, we can develop immunity to such chemicals. c. We should not worry much about exposure to toxic chemicals because we can use genetic engineering to reduce our susceptibility to the effects of toxic chemicals. d. We should not worry about exposure to a chemical such as bisphenol A (BPA) because it has not been absolutely scientifically proven that BPA has killed anyone.
99
4. Workers in a number of industries are exposed to higher levels of various toxic substances than are the general public. Should workplace levels allowed for such chemicals be reduced? What economic effects might this have? 5. Explain why you agree or disagree with the proposals for reducing the death toll and other harmful effects of smoking. Do you believe there should be a ban on smoking indoors in all public places? Explain.
100
6. What are the three major risks you face from a. your lifestyle, b. the area where you live, and c. what you do for a living? Which of these risks are voluntary and which are involuntary? List three steps you could take to reduce these risks. Which of these steps do you already take or plan to take? 7. Would you support legislation requiring the use of pollution prevention based on the precautionary principle in deciding what to do about risks from chemicals in the country where you live? Explain.
101
8. Congratulations! You are in charge of the world. List the three most important features of your program to reduce the risks from exposure to : (a) infectious disease organisms and (b) toxic and hazardous chemicals. 9. List three ways in which you could apply the concept : We can reduce the major risks we face by becoming informed, thinking critically about risks, and making careful choices. to making your lifestyle more environmentally sustainable while reducing the major risks you face. 10.List two questions that you would like to get answered as a result of reading this chapter.
102
2. Photochemical smog is largely the result of motor vehicle emissions. Considering your use, now and in the future, of motor vehicles, what are some ways in which you could reduce your contribution to photochemical smog? 3. Explain how sulfur impurities in coal can increase the acidity of rainwater and deplete soil nutrients.
104
4. List three important ways in which your life would be different today if grassroots actions by U.S. citizens between the 1970s and 1990s had not led to the Clean Air Acts of 1970, 1977, and 1990, despite strong political opposition by the affected industries. List three important ways in which your life in the future might be different if grassroots actions now do not lead to strengthening of the U.S. Clean Air Act or to a similar law in the country where you live.
105
5. A top U.S. presidential economic adviser once gave a speech in Williamsburg, Virginia (USA), to representatives of governments from a number of countries. He told his audience not to worry about global warming because the average global temperature increases predicted by scientists were much less than the temperature increase he had experienced that day in traveling from Washington, D.C., to nearby Williamsburg. What was the flaw in his reasoning? Outline an argument you would use to counter his claim.
106
6. What are three consumption patterns or other aspects of your lifestyle that directly add greenhouse gases to the atmosphere? Which, if any, of these things would you be willing to give up to help slow projected climate change? 7. Congratulations! You are in charge of the world. List at least three points in your strategy for dealing with each of the following problems: (a) outdoor air pollution, (b) indoor air pollution, (c) climate change from human activities, and (d) ozone depletion. 8. List two questions that you would like to get 107 answered as a result of reading this chapter.
2. Find three items you regularly use once and then throw away. Are there other reusable items that you could use in place of these disposable items? Compare the cost of using the disposable option for a year versus the cost of using the alternatives. 3. Use the second law of thermodynamics whenever energy is converted from one form to another in a physical or chemical change, we end up with lower quality or less usable energy than we started with to explain why : a. dilution is not always the solution to pollution from hazardous wastes and b. different categories of hazardous waste and recyclable waste should not be mixed.
109
4. Changing World Technologies has built a pilot plant to test a process it has developed for converting a mixture of computers, old tires, turkey bones and feathers, and other wastes into oil by mimicking and speeding up natural processes for converting biomass into oil. If this recycling process turns out to be technologically and economically feasible, explain why it could lead to increased waste production.
110
5. Would you oppose having a hazardous waste landfill, waste treatment plant, deep-injection well, or incinerator in your community? For each of these facilities, explain your answer. If you oppose these disposal facilities, how do you believe the hazardous waste generated in your community should be managed? 6. How does your school dispose of its solid and hazardous waste? Does it have a recycling program? How well does it work? Does it have a hazardous waste collection system? If so, what does it do with these wastes? Write a report based on these questions and list three ways to improve your schools waste reduction 111 and management system.
7. Give your reasons for agreeing or disagreeing with each of the following proposals for dealing with hazardous waste: a. Reduce the production of hazardous waste and encourage recycling and reuse of hazardous materials by charging producers a tax or fee for each unit of waste generated. b. Ban all land disposal and incineration of hazardous waste to protect air, water, and soil from contamination and to encourage reuse, recycling, and treatment of wastes to make them less hazardous. c. Provide low-interest loans, tax breaks, and other financial incentives to encourage industries that produce hazardous waste to reduce, reuse, recycle, 112 treat, and decompose such waste.
8. List three ways in which you could apply the concept : Shifting to a low-waste society requires individuals and organizations to reduce resource use and to reuse and recycle wastes at local, national, and global levels to making your lifestyle more environmentally sustainable. 9. Congratulations! You are in charge of the world. List the three most important components of your strategy for dealing with (a) solid waste and (b) hazardous waste. 10.List two questions you would like to get answered as a result of reading this chapter.
113
Chapter 17 : Environmental Economics, Politics, and Worldviews 1. Is environmental regulation bad for the economy? Explain. Describe harmful and beneficial forms of environmental regulation. 2. Suppose that over the next 20 years, the environmental and health costs of goods and services will be gradually internalized until their market prices more closely reflect their total costs.
114
What harmful effects and what beneficial effects might such full-cost pricing have on your lifestyle? 3. Explain why you agree or disagree with each of the major principles for shifting to a more environmentally sustainable economy. 4. Explain why you agree or disagree with each of the eight principles, which some analysts have proposed for use in making environmental policy decisions.
115
5. This chapter summarized several different environmental worldviews. Go through these worldviews and find the beliefs you agree with, and then describe your own environmental worldview. Which, if any, of your beliefs were added or modified as a result of taking this course? Compare your answer with those of your classmates. 6. Explain why you agree or disagree with the following ideas: a. everyone has the right to have as many children as they want;
116
b. all people have a right to use as many resources as they want; c. individuals should have the right to do whatever they want with land they own, regardless of whether such actions harm the environment, their neighbors, or the local community; d. other species exist to be used by humans; e. all forms of life have an intrinsic value and therefore have a right to exist. Are your answers to each of these items consistent with the beliefs making up your environmental worldview, which you described in answering question 5?
117
7. If you could use television or YouTube to speak to everyone in the world today about our environmental problems, what are the three most important pieces of environmental wisdom that you would give in your speech? What beliefs from your environmental worldview influenced your selection of these three items? Compare your choices with those of your classmates. 8. List two questions that you would like to get answered as a result of reading this chapter.
118
We live in a time of revolutionary change. The world is relying increasingly on technology for economic growth and job development. Within this technological context, engineers play an ever more significant role. They develop new manufacturing processes and products;
121
create and manage energy, transportation, infrastructure, and communications systems; prevent new and redress old environmental problems; create pioneering health care devices; and, in general, make technology work. Through these activities, engineers create a huge potential to develop national wealth.
122
The nation with the best engineering talent is in possession of the core ingredient of comparative economic and industrial advantage. Development of employability skills in engineering students and employees is essential to any nations continued competitiveness and growth in highly competitive global markets. At the same time employers and educators are unclear about what employability skills are and how to develop them.
123
Everyone employees, employers, educators, and students can benefit from developing employability skills. Employees find it easier to manage the changes and challenges they face in the workplace. Employers gain in the form of enhanced productivity, shorter production cycles, lower staff turnover, reduced error rates and other bottom-line gains. Employers also gain happier and more selfconfident employees who are able to better satisfy the customers.
124
Educators gain when education is made more relevant for students. Students find it easier to make transition to the world of work or to pursue further study. Employability skills are the generic skills, attitudes and behaviours that employers look for regardless of kind of work to be done: when they hire new recruits, and that they seek to develop in their current employees.
125
In addition to equipping a person for the world of work, employability skills: open up avenues for achieving personal fulfilment, increasing organizational prosperity, and contributing to nations well-being. Employability skills are the career capital that people need to get a job and acquire job-specific skills while on the job.
126
Some central characteristics of a fully skilled person: The ability to keep informed of current circumstancesin other words, a capacity to learn and keep learning throughout ones life. The flexibility to adjust in a timely fashion to a constantly changing environmentin other words adaptability; The ability to work well with othersin the broadest sense, sociability; and The finesse to analyze a situation, develop a plan and carry it out.
127
People who have employability skills are highly employable; those who do not are at a significant disadvantage in the labour market. Everyone can develop employability skills and gain valuable career capital for themselves. Employability skills are developed in school and college and through a variety of life experiences outside. The student, the family and the educational system, supported and enhanced by the rest of society share this responsibility.
128
Relationship between Employability Skills and other Kinds of Learning (Typology of Learning: The Learning Hierarchy)
Learning
Skills Generic
Employability Academic Personal Management Teamwork Life/ Other
Knowledge
Specific
JobTechnical Specific Technological
3.2 EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS PROFILE (ESP): (The conference Board of Canada, 1992)
The employability skills (26) are divided into three categories: Academic Skills (9): Communicating (4), Thinking (4), and Learning (1). Personal Management Skills (10): Positive Attitude and Behaviors (4), Responsibility (3), and Adaptability(3). Teamwork Skills (7)
130
Academic Skills(9) Employers need a person who can: Communicate (4) 1.Understand and speak the languages in which business is conducted 2.Listen to, understand and learn 3.Read, comprehend and use written materials, including graphs, charts and displays 4.Write effectively in the languages in which business is conducted
131
Think (4) 5. Think critically and act logically to evaluate situations, solve problems and make decisions 6. Understand and solve problems involving mathematics and use the results 7. Use technology, instruments, tools and information systems effectively 8. Access and apply specialized knowledge from various fields (e.g., skilled trades, technology, physical sciences, arts and social sciences) Learn (1) 9. Continue to learn for life (Learning from cradle to grave)
132
Traditional IQ focuses on cognitive intelligence. Learning is also an emotional process. If you doubt this, recall the excitement you felt when you finally succeeded in working really difficult problem in school/college. Remember the dread of entering an exam room when, you werent sure about the subject material. If there is no emotion, there probably isnt much learning going on.
133
Thalamus
Neocortex
Amygdala
A small almond-shaped region
134
135
To be successful in life, a more holistic approachboth the cognitive and affective dimensions of intelligenceis needed. In effect we have two minds, one that thinks and one that feels. Significant insights have been discovered in recent years that the emotions produced by brain affect all aspects of life. An emotion is a physiological response to a situation that is too important to leave to intellect, such as danger, painful loss, persisting toward a goal despite frustrations, bonding with a mate, building a family.
136
There are eight basic emotions: 1. Anger, 2. Fear, 3. Happiness, 4. Sadness, 5. Love, 6. Surprise, 7. Disgust, and 8. Shame. Understanding Emotional Intelligence holds some valuable lessons as we attempt to design more effective Human Resource Development programs.
137
Personal Management Skills (10): Personal Management Skills fall into three categories: Positive Attitude and Behaviors (4), Responsibility (3), and Adaptability (3). Employers need a person who can demonstrate: Positive Attitudes and Behaviours (4) 10.Self-esteem and confidence 11.Honesty, integrity and personal ethics 12.A positive attitude toward learning, growth and personal health 13.Initiative, energy and persistence to get the job done
138
Responsibility (3): 14. The ability to set goals and priorities in work and personal life 15. The ability to plan and manage time, money and other resources to achieve goals 16. Accountability for actions taken Adaptability (3): 17. A positive attitude toward change 18. Recognition of and respect for peoples diversity and individual differences 19. The ability to identify and suggest new ideas to get the job donecreativity
139
140
Perceptual Ambiguity : Young Woman / Old Woman (British Cartoonist W.E. Hill, 1915)
141
Teamwork Skills (7) Employers need a person who can: Work with Others 20. Understand and contribute to the organizations goals 21. Understand and work within the culture of the group 22. Plan and make decisions with others and support the outcomes 23. Respect the thoughts and opinions of others in the group 24. Exercise give and take to achieve group results 25. Seek a team approach as appropriate 26. Lead when appropriate, mobilizing the group for high performance 142
Attitudes: States of being (6) Motivate people and have the potential to shape their actions. Personal Management (5) 10. Self-esteem and confidence 12. Positive attitude toward learning 16. Accountability toward change 17. Positive attitude to change 18. Recognition and respect of diversity Teamwork (1) 23. Respect the thoughts and opinions of others For example, a positive attitude to learning might incline a person to learn to be self-reliant on the job rather than always depending on fellow workers for help. 143
Behaviours: States of having(12) Quality that predisposes people to act in characteristic ways. Academic (1) 7. Continue to learn for life Personal Management (5) 11. Have honesty, integrity and personal ethics 13. Have initiative, energy and persistence 14. Have ability to set goals and priorities 15. Have ability to plan and manage time, etc. 16. Have ability to identify and suggest new ideas
144
Teamwork (6)
20. Understand and contribute to the organizations goals 21. Understand and work within the culture of the group 22. Plan and make decisions with others 24. Exercise give and take 25. Seek a team approach 26. Lead when appropriate For example, having leadership behaviours entails being in the habit of leading when appropriate.
145
The employer survey seeks to address this skill gap by answering three questions: Which skills do employers consider important when hiring new engineering graduates? How satisfied are employers with the skills of engineering graduates? and In which important skills are the graduates falling short?
148
25 skills are listed below in three groups. Order of importance is indicated in the top right corner of each skill.
Group 1 Core Employability Skills (10)
Integrity
1 Identify, formulate, 20 Written (understands/applies and solve technical / communication professional and ethical engineering problems
principles to decisions)
14
Self-discipline
(exhibits control of personal behavior)
Reliability
2 Use appropriate/ 11 Reading (can be depended on to modern tools, complete work equipment, assignments) technologies (other than computers)
Self-motivated
Team Work
(interpersonal relationships)
contemporary issues
Understands and 10 Creativity takes directions for (identifies new work assignments approaches to Willingness to learn 4 problems)
(Life-long learning)
Basic computer 19
(e.g.,word-processing)
Flexibility (responds 9
well to change)
Empathy (understands 21 the situations, feelings, or motives of others)
150
The results of the survey confirm widespread dissatisfaction with the current engineering graduates. 64% of employers are only somewhat satisfied or worse with the quality of the new hires. Skill gaps are particularly severe in the HigherOrder Thinking Skills (HOTS, Blooms taxonomy). Communication in English has the smallest skill gap, but remains one of the most demanded skills by the employers. There exists a mismatch of industry needs and the skill sets of the engineering graduates.
151
Skill
Integrity (understands/applies professional and ethical principles to decisions) Reliability (can be depended on to complete work assignments) Team Work (interpersonal relationships) Willingness to learn (Lifelong learning) Entrepreneurship Skills Communication in English
24
3 4 5 6
23
22
21 20
153
Skill
Self-discipline (exhibits control of personal behavior) Self-motivated Flexibility (responds well to change) Understands and takes directions for work assignments
8 9 10
11
12
13
Skill
Creativity (identifies new approaches to problems)
14
15 16
Written communication
Reading Technical skills (e.g., programming
12 11
10
17
18 19
9
8 7
155
20 21
Skill
Identify, formulate, and solve technical / engineering problems Empathy (understands the situations, feelings, or motives of others) Design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs Knowledge of contemporary issues Advanced computer (e.g., spreadsheets, databases) Customer service skills
Rating
Importance Personal 6
5
4
22 23 24 25
3
2 1
156
Rate the skills on a scale of 1 to 25 (25 being high) as to their relative importance.
25 1
12 13
25 25
PERSONAL RATING
II
I
13 12
13 12
III
1
12 13
IV
1 25
IMPORTANCE
Skills Needing least attention Skills Needing greatest attention 157
Pick the skills that need your greatest attention and the skills that need your least attention. Develop a plan for self-improvement for those that need your greatest attention. Implement the plan.
# Skills needing greatest Attention Skills needing least Attention
Quadrant IV
Quadrant III
158
Corporations and employers have frequently and publicly complained about the lack of professional awareness and low levels of communication and teamwork skills in engineering graduates. Increasing numbers of administrators and professors of engineering education have been questioning the viability of the way engineering has been traditionally taught.
159
The background, attitudes and expectations of students are changing increasingly rapidly. Each generation grows up in a different technological environment, in a different economic climate and according to different social mores. Todays students are no longer the people our educational system was designed to teach. It has to be the business of engineering educators to motivate students to engage with modern engineering and to relate their offered programs to the contemporary environment, both in content and style.
160
Finally, knowledge increases exponentially, forcing us to make choices about what is important and what is worth learning. We must consider what are the most timely and contemporary examples of engineering with which to illustrate our chosen content and make its societal context relevant to our students. Additionally we have to consider the teaching and learning methodologies which best encourage student learning.
162
4. PARADIGM SHIFT IN ENGINEERING EDUCATION Education is not the amount of information that is put into your brain and runs riot there, undigested, all your life. We must have lifeenriching, man-making, character- building assimilation of ideas. Swami Vivekananda
In todays world and in the future, engineering education programs must not only teach the fundamentals of engineering theory, experimentation and practice, but be RELEVANT, ATTRACTIVE and CONNECTED:
163
RELEVANT to the lives and careers of students, preparing them for a broad range of careers, as well as for lifelong learning involving both formal programs and hands-on experience; ATTRACTIVE so that the excitement and intellectual content of engineering will attract highly talented students with a wider variety of backgrounds and career interests and will empower them to succeed; and CONNECTED to the needs and issues of the broader community through integrated activities with other parts of the educational system, industry and government.
164
And just as important as their specific technical skills, engineers receive valuable preparation for a host of other careers in such areas as finance, medicine, law and management. These professions require analytical, integrative and problem-solving abilities, all of which are part of an engineering education. Thus, an up to date undergraduate engineering education is a necessity for living and working in the technologicallydependent society of the twenty-first century.
165
While engineering education has served our nation well, there is broad recognition that it must change to meet new challenges. These changes are vital to the nations industrial strength and to the ability of engineers to serve as technology and policy decision makers. To meet the challenges, engineering education must undergo a paradigm shift. New standards are needed to emphasize clear educational objectives, industry collaboration, outcomes assessment, and continuous improvement.
166
mathematics, and
realization.
Scientific principles clearly underpin all engineering, while mathematics is a language used to communicate parameters, model and optimise solutions.
168
Realization encapsulates the whole range of creative abilities which distinguish the engineer from the scientist; to conceive, make and actually bring to fruition something which has never existed before.
This creativity and innovation to develop economically viable and ethically sound sustainable solutions is an essential and distinguishing characteristic of engineering, shared by the many diverse, established and emerging disciplines within engineering.
169
Engineering Education is not about the acquisition of specific practical skills, however useful or interesting they might be.
It is not about training people to run CFD codes or send CAD designs to a CNC machine or to grow crystals or to sign off structural steel work.
170
Engineering Education is about the conceptual, planning, and design skills which should precede all these activities.
It is about imagining and understanding and predicting, as quantitatively as possible, why and how an engineering objective can be realised and delivered.
171
It is not about how to cut the teeth on a gear wheel; it is about deciding on the number of teeth and their shape and understanding why (if at all) this gear wheel is essential to the proper functioning of the device. If indeed the device itself is necessary. Engineering curricula moved from handson, practice-based curricula to ones that emphasized mathematical modeling and theory-based approaches.
172
be numerate and highly computer literate, and capable of attention to detail. be cost and value-conscious, and aware of the social, cultural, environmental, health and safety, and wider professional responsibilities they should display. appreciate the international dimension to engineering, commerce and communication. when faced with an ethical issue be able to formulate and operate within appropriate codes of conduct.
174
be professional in their outlook, capable of team working, effective communicators, and able to exercise responsibility.
Vital Characteristics of Engineering Education: Mathematics and applied science skills, Creativity (Problem Solving and Making Things),
Teamwork, and
Communication
175
Alternative pedagogical techniques have been shown to be more effective and address the spectrum of student learning styles: Cooperative (team-based) learning, Cooperation among students typically results in: higher achievement and greater productivity, more caring, supportive, and committed relationships, and greater psychological health, social competence, and self-esteem.
178
Brainstorming, and
Trouble-shooting exercises.
179
The vertical dimension (concrete experience to abstract conceptualization) represents the input information either from experience or from abstractions.
The horizontal dimension (reflective observation to active experimentation) refers to the processing of information by either internally reflecting on the experience or externally acting upon the conclusions which have been drawn.
181
QUADRANT 1 WHY?
4. Active Experimentation(AE) 2. Learners Reflective observation (RO) Learners Experiments (Real or Learner reflects on this experience from imagined to confirm / refute / many views, seeking to find its meaning. refine the concept; moves on to (Observing / Watching) new concrete experience. QUADRANT 3 QUADRANT 2 (Doing) WHAT? HOW? Horizontal Dimension: Reflective Observation to Active Experimentation 3. Learners Abstract Conceptualization (AC): Learner reasons and forms an abstract concept (Thinking)
182
4. AE Students use an oscilloscope to measure amplitude ratio, plot results, compare with theory
2. RO With computer, students attempt to derive function common for their observations.
3. AC Instructor lectures on Bode plots with mathematical derivation relating it to systems derived by students
183
Characteristics of an Effective Teacher: Stimulating, clear, well-organized, warm, approachable, prepared, helpful, enthusiastic, fair, and so forth.
186
Two dimensional Model of Effective Teaching Intellectual Interpersonal Rapport (Obligation to students)
Excitement (Obligation to knowledge and society)
High (Extremely clear and exciting)
Punishing
(Attacking, sarcastic, disdainful, controlling and unpredictable)
Low
(Cold, distant, highly controlling, unpredictable)
Moderate
High
( Relatively (Warm, Open, Warm, predictable, and approachable, highly student democratic, and oriented ) predictable)
Intellectual Attacker
6. Intellectual Authority
8. Exemplary Lecturer
9. Complete, exemplary
Adequate Attacker
Inadequate Attacker
3. Adequate
5. Competent
7. Exemplary Facilitator
4. Warm fuzzy
187
1. Inadequate
2. Marginal
Those who can, do; those who cant, teach George Bernard Shaw (1856 1950), Irish Playwright, Nobel Prize in Literature 1925
But in todays world, engineering teachers have to be able to: do engineering, and teach engineering
188
What steps can be taken to integrate class material across disciplines to develop students approach to problem- solving? How should the development of critical skills be facilitated in the curriculum?
190
How can students be motivated to be self-directed learners? How can we create an environment in the engineering college in which many exciting, engaging, and
empowering educational innovations
The great end of life is not knowledge, but action. T.H.Huxley (1825 1895) Actions speak louder than words. Proverb Knowing is not enough, we must apply. Willing is not enough, we must do.
Johann Wolfgang von Goethe
Education is the ladder to reach the fruit of the tree of knowledge, not the fruit itself.
193
Difference between deep and surface learning Teachers need to develop understanding in the sudents, not just the ability to memorise or parrot information. Outcomes-Based Education (OBE) focuses on what the student is capable of doing not on what he/she merely knows (gap between mere knowing and doing).
194
Course: A discrete credit-bearing element of teaching, often with an associated examination or other assessment. Program: A coherent set of taught courses which leads to a qualification such as a degree. Undergraduate Program: Program which leads to a first degree such as B.Tech., or B.E. and Postgraduate taught program: Program which involves teaching beyond first graduation such as M.Tech., or M.E.
195
Planning, teaching, and assessment are the three interactive components of educational instruction. Planning involves the establishment of program educational objectives, and program outcomes, which lead to decisions about the curriculum, courses, and the types of instructional activities that will enable students to successfully achieve the required course outcomes.
196
The desired learning outcomes and instructional activities then guide the assessment techniques. Finally, the assessment results direct, and even modify the teaching-learning process. Student assessment is the systematic process of collecting and interpreting information to make decisions about students status in relation to course objectives, decisions that affect student lives. High-quality assessments not only provide valuable information about student achievement, they also assist educator to determine the effectiveness of teaching-learning process.
197
PLANNING
Program Educational Objectives and Program Outcomes
Course Outcomes
Instructional Activities
A S S E S S M E N T
198
199
Mission statement: How the company intends to make that future into a reality. It explains the purpose of the organization why it exists? It captures the organizations soul. Mission emphasizes action.
Difference between Vision & Mission Statements:
Vision statement focuses organizations future. Mission statement focuses organizations present state.
on on
an an
200
Examples:
Vision of an Engineering College: To create high quality engineering professionals. Mission of the Engineering College: To offer a well balanced programme of instruction, practical experience and opportunities for an overall personality development.
201
Vision __________________(Name of the Institute) will be recognized as a global leader for excellence in technical education, research and industry collaboration. Mission To impart quality technical education blended with professional and life-long learning skills to meet national and global challenges, and To inculcate and promote leadership qualities and right values amongst engineering students.
202
Canadian Cancer Society Vision Statement: Creating a world where no Canadian fears cancer. Canadian Cancer Society Mission Statement: The Canadian Cancer Society is a national, community-based organization of volunteers whose mission is the eradication of cancer and the enhancement of the quality of life of people living with cancer. Nike Vision Statement: To be the number one athletic company in the world. Nike Mission Statement: To bring inspiration and innovation to every athlete in the world. 203
An engineering educational program must have a mission statement which is in conformity with the mission of the institution. The program mission must be translated into specific program objectives and program outcomes that are expected of the engineering educational process.
204
Engineering Career
Time
Graduation: POs
Program educational objectives are broad statements that describe the career and professional accomplishments that the program is preparing graduates to achieve (during the first few years following graduation from the program).
205
For defining the program objectives the faculty members must continuously work with local employers, industry, R&D advisors, and the alumni. While framing the Program Educational Objectives (PEOs) the following points should be kept in mind: Stakeholders and faculty members should participate in framing the PEOs. PEOs should be consistent with the mission of the Program. 206
PEOs should be based on the needs of the constituencies. PEOs should be specific program and not too broad. to the
PEOs should be achievable by the program. PEOs should not be too narrow and similar to Program Outcomes. The number of PEOs should be manageable.
207
III. Preparation:
To prepare students to excel in competitive examinations / postgraduate programs / advanced education or to succeed in industry/ technical profession.
IV. Professionalism:
To inculcate in students professional and ethical attitude, effective communication skills, teamwork skills, multidisciplinary approach, and an ability to relate engineering issues to broader social context. 209
V. Learning Environment: To provide student with an academic environment with awareness of excellence, leadership, and the life-long learning needed for a successful professional career.
Achievement of PEOs
There should be enough evidence and documentation to show the achievement of PEOs as set by the Institution with the help of the assessment and evaluation processes that have been developed. Also show that this continuous process leads 210 to refinement / improvement of PEOs.
Engineering Career
Time
Student Admission
Graduation: POs
Program outcomes are narrower statements that describe what students are expected to know, attitudes they are expected to hold, and what they are able to do by the time of graduation. These are essentially a range of the knowledge, skills, and attitudes (behavior) that students acquire in their matriculation through the program by the time of graduation.
211
Knowledge: Facts students know and concepts they understand Skills: Skills students use in managing and applying their knowledge such as computation, experimentation, analysis, synthesis/design, evaluation, communication, leadership, and teamwork. Attitudes: Attitudes that dictate the goals toward which their knowledge and skills will be directed personal values, concerns, preferences, and biases.
212
The engineering programs must demonstrate that their graduates attain the following outcomes by the time of graduation (Criterion 3 of Engineering Criteria (EC) 2000, ABET): a) Application of Engineering and other sciences: an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering,
213
b) Experimental Skills: an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data, c) Engineering Design: an ability to design a system, component or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety, manufacturability, and sustainability,
214
d) Multi-disciplinary Teamwork:
an ability to function on multidisciplinary teams, e) Problem Solving: an ability to identify, formulate and solve engineering problems, f) Professionalism & Ethics:
g) Effective Communication:
the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global, economic, environmental, and societal context,
i) Life-long Learning:
j) Contemporary Issues: knowledge of contemporary issues, and k) Modern Engineering Tools: an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice. Programs Outcomes are outcomes (a) through (k) plus any additional outcomes that may be articulated by the program.
217
POs (Criterion 2, NBA) formulated must be consistent with the NBAs Graduate Attributes.
NBA Graduate Attributes (In alignment with Washington Accord (WA) Graduate Attributes) i. Engineering Knowledge: Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals and core engineering specialization to the defined and applied engineering procedures, processes, systems or methodologies (PO a of EC 2000).
218
using analytical tools appropriate to respective discipline or area of specialisation (POs a & e of EC 2000).
219
iii. Design / Development of Solutions: Design solutions for broadly defined engineering/technology problems and contribute to the design of systems, components or processes to meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and environmental considerations (PO c of EC 2000).
220
Conduct investigations of broadly defined problems; locate, search and select relevant data from codes, databases and literature design and conduct experiments to provide valid conclusions (PO b of EC 2000).
221
v. Modern Tool Usage: Select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools, including prediction and modeling, to broadly-defined engineering activities, with an understanding of the limitations (PO k of EC 2000).
222
vi. The Engineer and Society: Demonstrate understanding of the societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues, and
the consequent responsibilities
Understand the impact of engineering/technology solutions in societal and environmental context, and demonstrate knowledge of, and need for sustainable development (POs c & j of EC 2000).
224
viii. Ethics:
Understand and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of engineering technology practice (PO f of EC 2000).
ix. Individual and Team Work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse technical teams (PO d of EC 2000).
225
x. Communication: Communicate effectively on broadly defined engineering activities with the engineering community and with society at large, by being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions (PO g of EC 2000) .
226
xi. Project Management and Finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering management principles and apply the same to ones own work, as a member and leader in a team and to manage projects in multidisciplinary environments (POs d & j of EC 2000).
227
xii. Life-long Learning: Recognize the need for, and have the ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in specialized
technologies (PO i of EC 2000).
228
Issues Incorporating all the Constraints: An ability to design a system, component or process and develop solutions for complex engineering problems to meet the desired needs within realistic constraints such as economic, environmental, legal, social, political, cultural, professional, ethical, health & safety, manufacturability, and sustainability.
(NBAs GAs: 3, 6, 7 & 8; ABETs POs: c f h & j)
230
An ability to create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, skills, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. Effective Communication:
An ability to communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering and other professionals and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions. (NBAs GA: 10; ABETs PO: g)
234
7. Life-long Learning:
A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in independent, and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change. (NBAs GA: 12; ABETs PO: i)
235
The major emphasis of the accreditation process is to measure the outcomes of the program that is being accredited. The outcomes as listed in NBA Manual (2013) are observable, measurable and prepare graduates to attain the PEOs.
There is a hierarchy to the process and it is a top-down process that begins with the Program Objectives.
237
The sequential structure, from objectives to courses, consists of: 1. Program Educational Objectives are expected career descriptors. 2. Program Outcomes are graduates attributes that foster the achievement of the objectives. 3. The curriculum / courses / other program aspects are to instill the program outcomes.
238
The structure in which one component supports another may be compared to a fruit tree. The curriculum, courses, and other program aspects are the trunk that supports the outcomes and objectives. The branches form the structure of the program outcomes. Finally, the objectives are the fruit yielded by educated and informed graduates.
239
Learning takes place in a variety of ways through experience, making and doing things, experimentation, reading, discussion, asking, listening, thinking, reflecting, and expressing oneself in speech or writing both individually and with others. Learners require opportunities of all these kinds in the course of their development. A curriculum is what constitutes a total teaching-learning process comprising of overall aims, syllabus, materials, methods, and assessment.
240
In short it provides a framework of knowledge and capabilities, seen as appropriate to a particular level. Course Outcomes: Course Outcomes are statements that describe what students are expected to know, attitudes they are expected to hold, and what they are able to do as a result of taking a course Assessment not only measures progress and achievement of the learners but also the effectiveness of the teaching materials and methods used for the transaction.
241
Hence, assessment should be viewed as a component of curriculum with the twin purpose of effective delivery and further improvement in the teaching-learning process. Outcomes assessment in the form of standardized exams (prerequisite exams, mid-sessional exams, comprehensive final exams, laboratory exams, written reports, oral presentations, etc.) provide possible means of demonstrating that the chosen performance thresholds defined by the program outcomes are met.
242
Mapping is the process of representing, preferably in matrix form, the correlation among the parameters.
It may be done for one to many, many to one, and many to many parameters.
Program
Educational
Program Outcomes a b c d e f g h i j k
Objectives I II III IV V
243
VISION: We provide society with people serving and problem solving professionals in civil engineering. MISSION:
To provide our society with high quality professionals having a strong education in civil engineering; with rich cultural, ethical, environmental, and social sensitivities; capacity for critical thinking; and the entrepreneurial skills to solve civil infrastructure problems. 244
B.TECH. CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
Provide services to solve engineering problems as members of interdisciplinary teams. PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) Graduates will: 1. Address the challenges that they will face in their careers.
B.TECH. CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
4. Provide quality service to the profession, government, and society. 5. Function as effective members of interdisciplinary teams. 6. Apply current and innovative engineering technologies and criteria.
246
B.TECH. CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
B.TECH. CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
c. Ability to conduct experiments and to critically analyze and interpret data in a minimum of four major civil engineering areas (ABETS b) . d. Ability to perform civil engineering integrated design of systems, components, or processes by means of practical experiences throughout the professional component of the curriculum (ABETS c). e. Ability to play an effective role in multidisciplinary professional work groups solving engineering problems (ABETS d).
248
B.TECH. CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
f. Ability to identify, formulate, and solve civil engineering problems using modern engineering tools, techniques, and skills (ABETS e & k).
g. Understanding of the importance of compliance with professional practice and ethical issues, such as: bidding; procurement; and professional interaction; among others (ABETS f).
h. Ability to communicate effectively in English (ABETS g).
249
B.TECH. CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
i. Broad education necessary to understand the impact of civil engineering solutions on health, general welfare, safety, environmental quality and economy in a global context (ABETS h). j. Commitment to engage in lifelong learning (ABETS i). k. Awareness of contemporary social, cultural, economic, artistic, aesthetic, environmental and engineering issues (ABETS j).
250
B.TECH. CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
Program Outcomes
1 X X X 2 X X X 3 X X X 4 X X X X X X X X 5 6 X 7 8 9 10 11
e. Problem Solving
f. Professionalism & Ethics g. Effective Communication h. Broad Education
X
X X X
X
X X X
X
X X X X X
X
X X X
X X X
i. Life-long Learning
j. Contemporary Issues k. Modern Engineering Tools
X X X X X X X X
X
X
X
X X
X
X
251
B.TECH. CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
Students learn specific content and skills in each Course. In the aggregate, those courses, together with other program experiences such as academic advising, internships, and research, should result in the desired student learning outcomes at the program level.
252
B.TECH. CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
Tables provide a mapping of the program objectives and outcomes as related to the required core curriculum courses / elective courses/ other core courses from supporting departments. The tables show all outcomes and objectives are addressed in numerous courses throughout the program, although often to different degrees.
253
B.TECH. CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
Course
a b c
Program Outcomes
d e f g h i j k
1
Surveying
Highway Location & Curve Design Introduction to Environmental Engineering Structural Steel Design Reinforced Concrete Design Civil Engineering Seminar Structural Analysis Highway Engineering Civil Engineering Materials Foundations Introduction to Construction Management Mathematical Methods in Civil Engineering Applied Statistics for Civil Engineering Introduction to Water Resources Engineering
254
6.5.2 B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
Mission: To prepare and form leaders in mechanical engineering by mean of promotion of creativity, development of analytical and research abilities, integration of professional & ethical behavior and encouraging a culture of continuous learning for the long term.
255
B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) Graduates Will: 1. Be capable of using modern engineering tools to apply mathematics, science, and engineering fundamentals to the modeling, analysis, and solution of real-life mechanical engineering problems. 2. Be capable of designing and conducting experiments and maintain a critical and objective mind when interpreting data. 3. Be able to communicate effectively in English.
256
B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
4. Have the skills needed to perform effectively in multidisciplinary teams. 5. Be able to generate specifications, and subsequently design a component, system, or process to meet desired needs in both the mechanical and thermal domain. 6. Have an understanding of the engineering canons of ethics and the contemporary issues in which they apply. 7. Be motivated to continue his/her quest for knowledge through his/her life.
257
B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
d. To have the ability to work professionally in both thermal and mechanical systems areas, including the design and realization of such systems (ABETS c). e. To have the ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs (Part of ABETS c). f. To have the ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams (ABETS d).
259
B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
g. To have the ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (ABETS e). h. To have an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility (ABETS f). i. To have an ability to communicate effectively in English (ABETS g).
260
B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
j. To have the broad education and the knowledge of contemporary issues necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context (ABETS h & j).
k. To have a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in, life-long learning (ABETS i). l. To have the ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice (ABETS c).
261
B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
X X
X X X X
X X
262
B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
Program Outcomes
a
X
b
X
X X X X X X
g. Effective Communication
h. Broad Education i. Life-long Learning j. Contemporary Issues
X
X X X
X
263
B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, UNIVERSITY OF PUERTO RICO MAYAGEZ, 2008)
2
X
5
X X X X
e. Problem Solving
f. Professionalism & Ethics g. Effective Communication h. Broad Education i. Life-long Learning j. Contemporary Issues X X
X
X X X
X
X X
X
X X X X
X
264
MISSION: Program is formulated to educate and prepare undergraduate students to pursue exemplary careers in the Electrical Engineering Industries and academia and to generate new knowledge by the pursuit of research in selected areas of electrical engineering.
265
B.TECH. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY, JUNE 2007)
PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) Graduates Will: 1. Identify, analyze, formulate, and solve electrical engineering problems associated with their professional position, both independently and in a team environment; 2. Manage multi-faceted and multi-disciplinary projects with a significant technical, legal, ethical, regulatory, social, environmental, and economic considerations using a broad systems perspective;
266
B.TECH. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY, JUNE 2007)
3. Communicate effectively with co-workers, professional clients, and the public; and 4. Demonstrate commitment and progress in lifelong learning, professional development, and leadership.
267
B.TECH. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY, JUNE 2007)
B.TECH. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY, JUNE 2007)
teams
g. Use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools and technologies necessary for electrical engineering practice (ABETS k);
B.TECH. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY, JUNE 2007)
i. A knowledge of contemporary issues (ABETS j); j. An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility (ABETS f); and k. A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in, life-long learning (ABETS i).
270
B.TECH. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY, JUNE 2007)
Program Outcomes
a
X
X X X
g. Effective Communication
h. Broad Education i. Life-long Learning j. Contemporary Issues
X
X X X
271
B.TECH. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY, JUNE 2007)
2
3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
272
MISSION: To provide electrical engineering students with education that is broadly based in the fundamentals of the profession so that graduates will be able to maintain a high degree of adaptability throughout their professional careers. It is also intended that the students will develop a dedication to the profession and an ability to maintain professional competency through a program of lifelong learning.
273
PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) Graduates will be: 1. Able to successfully practice electrical engineering and related fields regionally, nationally, and globally. 2. Well-educated in the fundamental concepts of electrical engineering and be able to continue their professional development throughout their careers. 3. Skilled in clear communications and team work and capable of functioning responsibly in diverse environments.
274
Each student shall demonstrate: a. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering b. An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
275
c. An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety, manufacturability, and sustainability. d. An ability to function on multidisciplinary teams e. An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems f. An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility
276
g. An ability to communicate effectively h. The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global, economic, environmental, and societal context. i. A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning j. A knowledge of contemporary issues k. An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
277
5. Use tools such as MATLAB and C programming for analyzing and designing communications systems. 6. Test, debug, and verify that the design meets the desired specifications. 7. Work effectively in design and development teams to implement components of communications systems. 8. Understand concepts of professionalism, ethics, product liability, social responsibility, and intellectual property in the context of communications systems design.
279
9. Use design resources such as professional journals, trade journals, and the web in a communications system design. 10. Communicate the project design effectively. Relation of Course to Program Outcomes. The following table indicates the relative strengths of each course outcome in addressing the program outcomes on a scale of 1 to 4 where 4 indicates a strong emphasis.
280
Program Outcomes
a. Application of Engineering and other sciences b. Experimental Skills c. Engineering Design
Course Outcomes
1
1
1 1 1
2
2
3
1
1 1
4
2
2 1
5
2
2 2
9
1
10
3 3
d. Multi-disciplinary Teamwork
e. Problem Solving f. Professionalism & Ethics g. Effective Communication h. Broad Education i. Life-long Learning j. Contemporary Issues k. Modern Engineering Tools 1 1 2 1
1
1 1 1
2
2 1
3
1 3 1 1 3 2 3 3 2 2
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 4
281
Program Outcomes
a. Application of Engineering and other sciences b. Experimental Skills c. Engineering Design
1. Able to successfully practice electrical engineering and related fields regionally, nationally, and globally.
2. Well-educated in the fundamental concepts of electrical engineering and be able to continue their professional development throughout their careers.
3. Skilled in clear communications and team work and capable of functioning responsibly in diverse environments
X X X
d. Multi-disciplinary Teamwork
e. Problem Solving f. Professionalism & Ethics g. Effective Communication
X
X X X X X
h. Broad Education
i. Life-long Learning j. Contemporary Issues k. Modern Engineering Tools
X
X X X X X
282
Continuous review of program comprises two feedback loops: The Outer loop (Strategic Planning Loop) for improving the program and The Inner Loop (Assessment & Improvement Loop) to provide for curricula improvement.
283
B.TECH. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, SOUTH DAKOTA SCHOOL OF MINES AND TECHNOLOGY, RAPID CITY, JUNE 2010)
Mission
Stakeholders Input
Outer Loop
(Strategic Planning Loop)
NBA
Objectives
Outcomes Assessment
Curriculum
Inner Loop
(Assessment & Improvement Loop)
Improvement Planning
Evaluation
activities Courses and activities Courses and activities Courses and activities activities
Graduation
284
Outer Loop: The Outer Loop (Strategic Planning Loop) is used to provide initial and follow-on high-level guidance to the department in developing and maintaining the program objectives and outcomes. Initial input comes from stakeholders, NBA guidance, and university-level directives. These inputs are used to refine and monitor program objectives and outcomes.
285
Inner Loop: The Inner Loop (Assessment and Improvement Loop) provides for ongoing curricula and course improvement. Based on feedback obtained, the department renders curricular changes, and individual instructors refine, when appropriate, the courses under their jurisdiction.
286
The inner loop also provides a mechanism for the faculty and students to provide feedback on specific courses.
The inner loop is the domain of course improvement, and suggestions for course improvements typically arise from instructor and student comments and discussions of the program faculty.
287
B.TECH. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (SELF-STUDY REPORT, SOUTH DAKOTA SCHOOL OF MINES AND TECHNOLOGY, RAPID CITY, JUNE 2010)
Assessment
Assessment & Improvement Loop
Scheduled Intervals Internal Input Exit Interviews Feedback from Academic advisors Feedback from succeeding course in a sequence Feedback from capstone design
Improvement Planning
Evaluation
Student Course Assessment
288
PO (b)
PO (d)
PO (h)
PO (e)
PO (a)
PO (g)
PO (f)
PO (j)
PO (i)
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R
S
T U V W
PO (l)
PO (k)
PO (c)
Step 1: Prepare PEOs that address program mission. PEOs are responsive to the expressed interests of program stakeholders. Step 2: Formulate a set of POs (knowledge, skills, and attitudes program graduates should have) Step 3: Frame curriculum, courses, and COs that address the POs and in turn the PEOs.
290
Step 4: The program must evaluate student performance, advise students regarding curricular and career matters, and monitor student progress to foster their success in achieving program outcomes, thereby enabling them as graduates to attain program objectives. Step 5: Develop a system with built-in Continuous Improvement Mechanism (Institutionalization of continuous improvement and assessment processes at all levels).
291
RESPONSIBILITIES OF A FACULTY MEMBER 1. Formulate the learning outcomes and the finally the course outcomes. 2. Teach the course to enable the students attain the course outcomes. 3. Examine the students whether the course outcomes have been attained. 4. Improve continually the course outcomes so that they in turn foster the program outcomes.
292
Learning
Assessment
Content
Guides selection of teaching/learning activities that will best achieve outcomes. Gives learners a clear picture of what to expect and whats expected of them. Forms the basis for evaluating teacher, learner, and curriculum effectiveness.
294
What are the key components of a learning outcome? Learning outcomes should be SMART
Targeted
How do I create a useful learning outcome? To create specific, measurable/observable, and results-oriented outcomes: Its helpful to finish the sentence, After this unit/week/individual session, you should be able to Start with an observable action verb that captures what the learner should be able to do. Avoid ill-defined terms that are open to variable interpretation (e.g., understand, learn, grasp); use instead terms that describe directly observable behaviors. When necessary, specify criteria concerning expected standard of performance.
296
To create attainable learning outcomes: Consider the beginning level of understanding/skill of your learners and craft your outcome to move them to the next level. Consider and specify when appropriate the conditions under which performance will take place. Limit number of outcomes to major learning points you would like students to walk away with.
297
To create outcomes targeted to the audience and desired level of learning/thinking: Ask yourself whether you want learners to be able to: know, comprehend, apply, analyze, synthesize, or evaluate (Blooms Taxonomy). These outcomes represent different levels/ kinds of thinking. Match your action verb to the desired level. Match learning objective with appropriate teaching/learning strategy.
298
The work of Benjamin Bloom (1913 - 1999) was found to provide a useful starting point when writing learning outcomes. Bloom studied in Pennsylvania State University, USA, and graduated with bachelor and master degrees from that institution. He then worked at the University of Chicago and graduated with a PhD in Education in 1942.
Bloom proposed that the cognitive or knowing domain is composed of six successive levels arranged in a hierarchy as shown.
Hierarchy of Levels of Achievement in Cognitive Domain
Problem-Solving
(Analyzing, Synthesizing, Evaluating)
Application Knowledge
(Recall and understanding)
301
Knowledge (Remembering)
302
Evaluation (Evaluating)
Analysis (Analyzing)
Knowledge (Remembering)
Each higher-level skill automatically involves the lower-level skills Usually, undergraduate education deals almost exclusively with Remembering, Understanding and Applying.
Ideally, all Bloom levels should be addressed in every course (need not be sequential).
303
LEVEL 1: KNOWLEDGE
Knowledge may be defined as the ability to recall or remember facts without necessarily understanding them.
304
Duplicate
Enumerate
Match
Memorize
Recall
Recite
Select
Show
305
Some examples of learning outcomes for courses in various disciplines that demonstrate evidence of knowledge: List the criteria to be taken into account when caring for a patient with tuberculosis. Recall genetics terminology: homozygous, heterozygous, phenotype, genotype, homologous chromosome pair, etc. Define what behaviours constitute unprofessional practice in the solicitor - client relationship. Describe how and why laws change and the consequences of such changes on society. Identify and consider ethical implications of scientific investigations. 306
LEVEL 2: COMPREHENSION Comprehension may be defined as the ability to understand and interpret learned information.
307
Clarify
Compute
Discuss
Discriminate
Identify
Illustrate
Predict
Recognise
Summarise
Tell
Conclude
Construct
Estimate
Explain
Indicate
Infer
Report
Restate
Translate
Contrast
Decode
Express
Extend
Interpret
Interrelate
Rewrite
Review
308
Some examples of learning outcomes for courses in various disciplines that demonstrate evidence of comprehension: Classify reactions as exothermic and endothermic. Differentiate between civil and criminal law Identify participants and goals in the development of electronic commerce. Explain the social, economic and political effects of World War II on the post-war world. Predict the genotype of cells that undergo meiosis and mitosis.
309
LEVEL 3: APPLICATION Application may be defined as the ability to use learned material in new and concrete situations, e.g. put ideas and concepts to work in solving problems.
310
Assess
Articulate Calculate Change Chart
Contribute
Discover Divide Dramatise Draw
Graph
Illustrate Interpret Interview
Practise
Predict Prepare Produce
Sketch
Subtract Transfer Translate Use
Implement Provide
Choose
Classify Collect
Employ
Establish Examine
Manipulate Relate
Map Modify Role-play Schedule
311
Some examples of learning outcomes for courses in various disciplines that demonstrate evidence of application:
Apply knowledge of infection control in the maintenance of patient care facilities. Construct a timeline of significant events in the history of India In the 19th century. Modify guidelines in a case study of a small manufacturing firm to enable tighter quality control of production. Relate energy changes to bond breaking and formation. Select and employ sophisticated techniques for analysing the efficiencies of energy usage in complex industrial processes. Show how changes in the criminal law affected levels of 312 incarceration in Britan in the 19th century.
LEVEL 4: ANALYSIS
Analysis may be defined as the ability to break down information into its components, e.g. look for inter-relationships and ideas so that its organizational structure may be understood.
313
Characterize Detect
Classify Compare Determine Develop
Draw conclusions
Examine Experiment
Point out
Question Relate
Test
314
Some examples of learning outcomes for courses in various disciplines that demonstrate evidence of analysis:
Analyse why society criminalises certain behaviours. Calculate gradient from maps in m/km, % and ratio. Compare and contrast the different electronic business models. Compare the classroom practice of a newly qualified teacher with that of a teacher of 20 years teaching experience. Debate the economic and environmental effects of energy conversion processes.
315
LEVEL 5: SYNTHESIS
Synthesis may be defined as the ability to put parts together to form a new whole. Learning outcomes in this area stress creative behaviors and place major emphasis on the formulation of new patterns or structure.
316
Assemble
Anticipate Categorise Collect Combine Compile Compose
Design
Develop Devise Establish Formulate Generalise Generate
Incorporate Plan
Integrate Invent Make Manage Modify Order Organize Prepare Prescribe Produce Propose Rearrange Reconstruct Recognize
Rewrite
Structure Set up Summarise Tell
Collaborate Facilitate
317
Some examples of learning outcomes for courses in various disciplines that demonstrate evidence of synthesis: Organise a patient education programme. Propose solutions to complex energy management problems both verbally and in writing. Recognise and formulate problems that are amenable to energy management solutions. Relate the sign of enthalpy changes to exothermic and endothermic reactions. Summarise the causes and effects of the 1917 Russian revolution.
318
LEVEL 6: EVALUATION
Evaluation may be defined as the ability to judge the value of material for a given purpose, e.g. present and defend opinions; identify strengths / weaknesses; make convincing arguments. The judgments are to be based on definite criteria. These may be internal criteria (organization) or external criteria (relevance to the purpose) and the individual may determine the criteria or be given them. Learning outcomes in this area are highest in the cognitive hierarchy because they contain elements of all the other categories as well as conscious value judgments based on clearly defined criteria.319
Contrast
Convince Criticise Critique Decide Defend Detect Determine
Evaluate
Explain Grade Interpret Judge Justify Measure Monitor
Prioritize
Prove Rank Rate Relate Resolve Revise Score Select
Standardize
Summarize Support Test Value Verify Weight
Recommend Validate
320
Some examples of learning outcomes for courses in various disciplines that demonstrate evidence of evaluation:
Assess the importance of three key participants in bringing about change in post-independence Indian history. Evaluate marketing strategies for different electronic business models. Appraise the key areas contributing to the craft knowledge of experienced teachers. Predict the effect of change of temperature on the position of equilibrium. Summarise the main contributions of Michael Faraday to the field of electromagnetic induction. 321
Levels of Thinking/Learning
Category
Knowledge
Dimension
Recalling Comprehending
Definition
Rote recall: Know common terms, specific facts, methods, procedures, concepts, principles Interpolation or interpretation: Understand, estimate future implied consequences, justify methods and procedures Using a concept in a new context: Apply theory, solve problems, construct graphs, demonstrate procedure Breaking something down and understanding its structure, the relationship between parts, the organizational principles: Recognize unstated assumptions and logical fallacies, distinguish between facts & inferences, determine Relevance Building a structure/pattern from diverse elements: Write well-organized essay, propose research question, develop plan for solving a problem, formulate a classification scheme Judging the value of ideas, works, solutions, materials: Judge logical consistency, adequacy of data in support of conclusions, value of work by internal & external standards 322
Synthesizing
Evaluating
Applying
Analyzing
Synthesizing
Evaluating
Case study, writing, concept mapping, theory and model building, teaching others, developing research questions
Case study, critical review, self and group assessment/ reflection, reflective writing
323
(COs),
The challenge for teachers is to ensure that there is alignment between teaching methods, assessment techniques, assessment criteria and learning outcomes.
324
Student Perspectives:
Assessment
Learning activities
Course outcomes
To the teacher, assessment is at the end of the teaching-learning sequence of events, but to the student it is at the beginning.
325
Students will learn what they think will be assessed, not what may be on the curriculum or even what has been covered in lectures! The old adage that "assessment is the tail that wags the dog" is very true. Assessment is often described in terms of formative assessment or summative assessment.
326
Formative Assessment: Formative assessment has been described as being assessment FOR learning. In other words, formative assessment helps to inform the teacher and the students as to how the students are progressing.
327
Summative Assessment:
Summative Assessment is assessment that tries to summarise student learning at some point in time usually at the end of a course or program. Thus, the use of summative assessment enables a grade to be generated that reflects the student's performance.
328
Continuous Assessment:
In theory, continuous assessment is a combination of summative and formative assessment. In practice, continuous assessment often amounts to repeated summative assessments with marks being recorded but little or no specific feedback being given to students.
329
iii. Use images and visual learning: Most people prefer visual learning and have better retention when this mode is used. Encourage students to generate their own visual learning aids. iv. Ensure that the student is active: v. Requires practice: Learning complex concepts, tasks, or problem solving requires a chance to practice in a nonthreatening environment.
331
Positive expectations by the professor and respect from the professor are highly motivating. Low expectations and disrespect are demotivating. A master teacher truly believes that her or his students are capable of great things.
333
viii. Provide means for students to be challenged yet successful: Provide sufficient time and tasks that everyone can do successfully but be sure that there is a challenge for everyone. Success is very motivating. ix. Individualize the teaching style: Use a variety of teaching styles and learning exercises so that each student can use his or her favorite style and so that each student becomes more proficient at all styles.
334
x. Make the class more cooperative: Use cooperative group exercises. xi. Ask thought-provoking questions: Thought-provoking questions do not have to have answers. Posing questions without answers can be particularly motivating for more mature students. xii. Be enthusiastic and demonstrate the joy of learning: Enthusiasm is motivating and will help students enjoy the class.
335
Students who tutor others learn more themselves and the students they tutor also learn more. In addition, students who tutor develop a sense of accomplishment and confidence in their ability. xiv. Care about what you are doing: An efficient teacher can do a good job teaching a course in less time than it takes an inefficient teacher to do a mediocre job.
336
determine the dimensions and units of physical quantities(L2). identify the key fluid properties used in the analysis of fluid behavior(L2). calculate common fluid properties given appropriate information(L3). explain effects of fluid compressibility(L4).
337
use the concepts of viscosity, vapor pressure, and surface tension(L4). determine the pressure at various locations in a fluid at rest(L3). explain the concept of manometers and apply appropriate equations to determine pressures(L3). calculate the hydrostatic pressure force on a plane or curved submerged surface(L3). calculate the buoyant force and discuss the stability of floating or submerged objects(L4).
338
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.4.1 Density
1.4.2 Specific Weight 1.4.3 Specific Gravity 1.5 1.6 Ideal Gas Law Viscosity
339
Compressibility of Fluids Bulk Modulus Compression and Expansion of Gases Speed of Sound Vapor Pressure Surface Tension A Brief Look Back in History
Pressure at a Point Basic Equation for Pressure Field Pressure Variation in a Fluid at Rest Incompressible Fluid Compressible Fluid
340
1.14 1.15
1.16
Manometry
1.16.1 Piezometer Tube 1.16.2 U-Tube Manometer 1.16.3 Inclined-Tube Manometer 1.17 1.18 1.19 Mechanical and Electronic Pressure Measuring Devices Hydrostatic Force on a Plane Surface Pressure Prism
341
1.20
1.21
1.21.2 Stability
1.22 Pressure Variation in a Fluid with RigidBody Motion
For years, lubricating oils and greases obtained by refining crude oil have been used to lubricate moving parts in a wide variety of machines, motors, and engines. With the increasing cost of crude oil and the potential for the reduced availability of it, the need for nonpetroleum based lubricants has increased considerably. Obtain information about nonpetroleum based lubricants(L5). Summarize your findings in a brief report(L6).
344
It is predicted that nano-technology and the use of nano-sized objects will allow many processes, procedures, and products that, as of now, are difficult for us to comprehend.
Among new nanotechnology areas is that of nano-scale fluid mechanics. Fluid behavior at the nano-scale can be entirely different than that for the usual everyday flows with which we are familiar. Obtain information about various aspects of nano-fluid mechanics(L5) Summarize your findings in a brief report(L6).
345
Although it is relatively easy to calculate the net hydrostatic pressure force on a dam, it is not necessarily easy to design and construct an appropriate, long-lasting, inexpensive dam. In fact, inspection of older dams has revealed that many of them are in peril of collapse unless corrective action is soon taken. Obtain information about the severity of the poor conditions of older dams throughout the country(L5). Summarize your findings in a brief report(L6).
346
Liquid-filled manometers and Bourdon tube pressure gages have been the mainstay for measuring pressure for many, many years. However, for many modern applications, these tried-and-true devices are not sufficient. For example, many new uses need small, accurate, inexpensive pressure transducers with digital outputs. Obtain information about some of the new concepts used for pressure measurement(L5). Summarize your findings in a brief report(L6).
347
UNIT 2: Elementary Fluid Dynamics, Bernoulli Equation and Fluid Kinematics Learning Outcomes
After completing unit 2, the student should be able to: discuss the application of Newtons second law to fluid flows. explain the development, uses, and limitations of the Bernoulli equation. use the Bernoulli equation (stand-alone or in combination with the continuity equation) to solve simple flow problems. apply the concepts of static, stagnation, dynamic, and total pressures. calculate various flow properties using the energy and hydraulic grade lines. 348
discuss the differences between the Eulerian and Lagrangian descriptions of fluid motion. identify various flow characteristics based on the velocity field. determine the streamline pattern and acceleration field given a velocity field. discuss the differences between a system and control volume. apply the Reynolds transport theorem and the material derivative.
349
Newtons Second Law F = ma along a Streamline F = ma normal to a Streamline Physical Interpretation Static, Stagnation, Dynamic, and Total Pressure 2.6 Examples of Use of the Bernoulli Equation 2.6.1 Free Jets 2.6.2 Confined Flows 2.6.3 Flowrate Measurement
350
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.9.1 Eulerian and Lagrangian Flow Descriptions 2.9.2 One-, Two-, and Three-Dimensional Flows
2.10
2.10.1 The Material Derivative 2.10.2 Unsteady Effects 2.10.3 Convective Effects 2.10.4 Streamline Coordinates 163
352
2.11
2.12 2.12.1 2.12.2 2.12.3 2.12.4 2.12.5 2.12.6 2.12.7
Control Volume and System Representations The Reynolds Transport Theorem Derivation of the Reynolds Transport Theorem Physical Interpretation Relationship to Material Derivative Steady Effects Unsteady Effects Moving Control Volumes Selection of a Control Volume
353
In recent years damage due to hurricanes has been significant. The low barometric pressure, high winds, and high tides generated by hurricanes can combine to cause considerable damage. According to some experts, in the coming years hurricane frequency may increase because of global warming. Obtain information about the fluid mechanics of hurricanes. Summarize your findings in a brief report.
355
Orifice, nozzle, or Venturi flow meters have been used for a long time to predict accurately the flow rate in pipes. However, recently there have been several new concepts suggested or used for such flow rate measurements. Obtain information about new methods to obtain pipe flow rate information. Summarize your findings in a brief report.
356
Ultra-high-pressure, thin jets of liquids can be used to cut various materials ranging from leather to steel and beyond. Obtain information about new methods and techniques proposed for liquid jet cutting and investigate how they may alter various manufacturing processes. Summarize your findings in a brief report.
357
Even for the simplest flows it is often not be easy to visually represent various flow field quantities such as velocity, pressure, or temperature. For more complex flows, such as those involving three dimensional or unsteady effects, it is extremely difficult to show the data. However, with the use of computers and appropriate software, novel methods are being devised to more effectively illustrate the structure of a given flow. Obtain information about methods used to present complex flow data. Summarize your findings in a brief report.
358
For centuries people have obtained qualitative and quantitative information about various flow fields by observing the motion of objects or particles in a flow. For example, the speed of the current in a river can be approximated by timing how long it takes a stick to travel a certain distance. The swirling motion of a tornado can be observed by following debris moving within the tornado funnel. Recently various high-tech methods using lasers and minute particles seeded within the flow have been developed to measure velocity fields. Such techniques include the laser doppler anemometer (LDA), the particle image velocimeter (PIV), and others. Obtain information about new laser-based techniques for measuring velocity fields. Summarize your findings in a brief report.
359
Unit 3: Finite Control Volume Analysis and Differential Analysis of Fluid Flow Learning Outcomes
After completing unit 3, the student should be able to:
select an appropriate finite control volume to solve a fluid mechanics problem. apply conservation of mass and energy and Newtons second law of motion to the contents of a finite control volume to get important answers. know how velocity changes and energy transfers in fluid flows are related to forces and torques. understand why designing for minimum loss of energy in fluid flows is so important. 360
determine various kinematic elements of the flow given the velocity field.
explain the conditions necessary for a velocity field to satisfy the continuity equation.
3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4
Conservation of MassThe Continuity Equation Derivation of the Continuity Equation Fixed, Nondeforming Control Volume Moving, Nondeforming Control Volume Deforming Control Volume Newtons Second LawThe Linear Momentum and Moment-of- Momentum Equations Derivation of the Linear Momentum Equation Application of the Linear Momentum Equation Derivation of the Moment-of- Momentum Equation Application of the Moment-of- Momentum 362 Equation
3.3
3.3.5 Combination of the Energy Equation and the Moment-of- Momentum Equation
363
3.4
3.4.1 3.4.2
3.4.3
3.4.4
Second Law of Thermodynamics Irreversible Flow Semi-infinitesimal Control Volume Statement of the Energy Equation Semi-infinitesimal Control Volume Statement of the Second Law of Thermodynamics Combination of the Equations of the First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics Application of the Loss Form of the Energy Equation
364
3.5 3.5.1 3.5.2 3.5.3 3.6 3.6.1 3.6.2 3.6.3 3.7 3.7.1
Fluid Element Kinematics Velocity and Acceleration Fields Revisited Linear Motion and Deformation Angular Motion and Deformation Conservation of Mass Differential Form of Continuity Equation Cylindrical Polar Coordinates The Stream Function Conservation of Linear Momentum Description of Forces Acting on the Differential Element 3.7.2 Equations of Motion 3.8 Inviscid Flow 3.8.1 Eulers Equations of Motion 3.8.2 The Bernoulli Equation
365
3.8.3 Irrotational Flow 3.8.4 The Bernoulli Equation for Irrotational Flow 3.8.5 The Velocity Potential 3.9 Some Basic, Plane Potential Flows 3.9.1 Uniform Flow 3.9.2 Source and Sink 3.9.3 Vortex 3.9.4 Doublet 3.10 Superposition of Basic, Plane Potential Flows 3.10.1 Source in a Uniform StreamHalf-Body 3.10.2 Rankine Ovals 3.10.3 Flow around a Circular Cylinder
366
3.11 3.12 3.12.1 3.12.2 3.13 3.13.1 3.13.2 3.13.3 3.13.4 3.14 3.14.1
Other Aspects of Potential Flow Analysis Viscous Flow Stress-Deformation Relationships The NaiverStokes Equations Some Simple Solutions for Viscous, Incompressible Fluids Steady, Laminar Flow between Fixed Parallel Plates Couette Flow Steady, Laminar Flow in Circular Tubes Steady, Axial, Laminar Flow in an Annulus Other Aspects of Differential Analysis Numerical Methods
367
What sometimes appear at first glance to be simple fluid flows can contain subtle, complex fluid mechanics. One such example is the stirring of tea leaves in a teacup. Obtain information about Einsteins tea leaves and investigate some of the complex fluid motions interacting with the leaves. Summarize your findings in a brief report.
369
Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) has moved from a research tool to a design tool for engineering. Initially, much of the work in CFD was focused in the aerospace industry, but now has expanded into other areas. Obtain information on what other industries (e.g., automotive) make use of CFD in their engineering design. Summarize your findings in a brief report.
370
identify and understand various characteristics of the flow in pipes. discuss the main properties of laminar and turbulent pipe flow and appreciate their differences. calculate losses in straight portions of pipes as well as those in various pipe system components. apply appropriate equations and principles to analyze a variety of pipe flow situations. predict the flowrate in a pipe by use of common flowmeters.
372
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.4.1 4.4.2 4.4.3 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.7.1
Dimensional Analysis Buckingham Pi Theorem Determination of Pi Terms Some Additional Comments About Dimensional Analysis Selection of Variables Determination of Reference Dimensions Uniqueness of Pi Terms Determination of Pi Terms by Inspection Common Dimensionless Groups in Fluid Mechanics Correlation of Experimental Data Problems with One Pi Term
373
4.7.2 4.8 4.8.1 4.8.2 4.8.3 4.9 4.9.1 4.9.2 4.9.3 4.10
Problems with Two or More Pi Terms Modeling and Similitude Theory of Models Model Scales Practical Aspects of Using Models Some Typical Model Studies Flow through Closed Conduits Flow around Immersed Bodies Flow with a Free Surface Similitude Based on Governing Differential Equations
374
4.11 4.11.1 4.11.2 4.11.3 4.12 4.12.1 4.12.2 4.12.3 4.12.4 4.13 4.13.1 4.13.2 4.13.3
General Characteristics of Pipe Flow Laminar or Turbulent Flow Entrance Region and Fully Developed Flow Pressure and Shear Stress Fully Developed Laminar Flow From F = ma Applied to a Fluid Element From the NavierStokes Equations From Dimensional Analysis Energy Considerations Fully Developed Turbulent Flow Transition from Laminar to Turbulent Flow Turbulent Shear Stress Turbulent Velocity Profile
375
4.13.4 4.13.5 4.14 4.14.1 4.14.2 4.14.3 4.15 4.15.1 4.15.2 4.16 4.16.1 4.16.2
Turbulence Modeling Chaos and Turbulence Dimensional Analysis of Pipe Flow Major Losses Minor Losses Noncircular Conduits Pipe Flow Examples Single Pipes Multiple Pipe Systems Pipe Flowrate Measurement Pipe Flowrate Meters Volume Flow Meters
376
For some types of aerodynamic wind tunnel testing, it is difficult to simultaneously match both the Reynolds number and Mach number between model and prototype. Engineers have developed several potential solutions to the problem including pressurized wind tunnels and lowering the temperature of the flow. Obtain information about cryogenic wind tunnels and explain the advantages and disadvantages. Summarize your findings in a brief report.
378
The field of bioengineering has undergone significant growth in recent years. Some universities have undergraduate and graduate programs in this field. Bioengineering applies engineering principles to help solve problems in the medical field for human health.
Obtain information about bioengineering applications in blood flow.
Data used in the Moody diagram were first published in 1944. Since then, there have been many innovations in pipe material, pipe design, and measurement techniques. Investigate whether there have been any improvements or enhancements to the Moody chart. Summarize your findings in a brief report.
380
Flow separation in pipes can lead to losses. External flow separation is a significant problem. For external flows, there have been many mechanisms devised to help mitigate and control flow separation from the surface, e.g., from the wing of an airplane. Investigate either passive or active flow control mechanisms that can reduce or eliminate internal flow separation (e.g., flow separation in a diffuser). Summarize your findings in a brief report.
381
General External Flow Characteristics Lift and Drag Concepts Characteristics of Flow Past an Object Boundary Layer Characteristics Boundary Layer Structure and Thickness on a Flat Plate Prandtl/Blasius Boundary Layer Solution Momentum Integral Boundary Layer Equation for a Flat Plate Transition from Laminar to Turbulent Flow Turbulent Boundary Layer Flow
384
5.2.6 Effects of Pressure Gradient 5.2.7 Momentum-Integral Boundary Layer Equation with Nonzero Pressure Gradient 5.3 Drag 5.3.1 Friction Drag 5.3.2 Pressure Drag 5.3.3 Drag Coefficient Data and Examples 5.4 Lift 5.4.1 Surface Pressure Distribution 5.4.2 Circulation 5.5 General Characteristics of Open- Channel Flow 5.6 Surface Waves 5.6.1 Wave Speed 5.6.2 Froude Number Effects
385
5.7 5.7.1 5.7.2 5.8 5.8.1 5.8.2 5.8.3 5.9 5.9.1 5.9.2 5.10 5.10.1 5.10.2 5.10.3 5.10.4
Energy Considerations Specific Energy Channel Depth Variations Uniform Depth Channel Flow Uniform Flow Approximations The Chezy and Manning Equations Uniform Depth Examples Gradually Varied Flow Classification of Surface Shapes Examples of Gradually Varied Flows Rapidly Varied Flow The Hydraulic Jump Sharp-Crested Weirs Broad-Crested Weirs Underflow Gates
386
For typical aircraft flying at cruise conditions, it is advantageous to have as much laminar flow over the wing as possible since there is an increase in friction drag once the flow becomes turbulent. Various techniques have been developed to help promote laminar flow over the wing, both in airfoil geometry configurations as well as active flow control mechanisms. Obtain information on one of these techniques. Summarize your findings in a brief report.
388
We have seen that streamlining an automobile can help to reduce the drag coefficient. One of the methods of reducing the drag has been to reduce the projected area. However, it is difficult for some road vehicles, such as a tractor-trailer, to reduce this projected area due to the storage volume needed to haul the required load. Over the years, work has been done to help minimize some of the drag on this type of vehicle. Obtain information on a method that has been developed to reduce drag on a tractor-trailer. Summarize your findings in a brief report.
389
With the increased usage of low-lying coastal areas and the possible rise in ocean levels because of global warming, the potential for widespread damage from tsunamis (i.e., tidal waves) is increasing. Obtain information about new and improved methods available to predict the occurrence of these damaging waves and how to better use coastal areas so that massive loss of life and property does not occur. Summarize your findings in a brief report.
390
Recent photographs from NASAs Mars Orbiter Camera on the Mars Global Surveyor provide new evidence that water may still flow on the surface of Mars. Obtain information about the possibility of current or past openchannel flows on Mars and other planets or their satellites. Summarize your findings in a brief report.
391
Hydraulic jumps are normally associated with water flowing in rivers, gullies, and other such relatively high-speed open channels. However, recently, hydraulic jumps have been used in various manufacturing processes involving fluids other than water (such as liquid metal solder) in relatively small-scale flows. Obtain information about new manufacturing processes that involve hydraulic jumps as an integral part of the process. Summarize your findings in a brief report.
392
solve useful problems involving isentropic and nonisentropic flows including flows across normal shock waves. appreciate the compelling similarities between compressible flows of gases and open channel flows of liquids. move on to understanding more advanced concepts about compressible flows. explain how and why a turbomachine works. know the basic differences between a turbine and a pump. recognize the importance of minimizing loss in a turbomachine.
394
select an appropriate class of turbomachine for a particular application. understand why turbomachine blades are shaped like they are. appreciate the basic fundamentals of sensibly scaling turbomachines that are larger or smaller than a prototype. move on to more advanced engineering work involving the fluid mechanics of turbomachinery (e.g., design, development, research).
395
6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.4.1 6.4.2 6.4.3 6.5 6.5.1 6.5.2 6.5.3
Ideal Gas Relationships Mach Number and Speed of Sound Categories of Compressible Flow Isentropic Flow of an Ideal Gas Effect of Variations in Flow Cross-Sectional Area ConvergingDiverging Duct Flow Constant-Area Duct Flow Nonisentropic Flow of an Ideal Gas Adiabatic Constant-Area Duct Flow with Friction (Fanno Flow) Frictionless Constant-Area Duct Flow with Heat Transfer (Rayleigh Flow) Normal Shock Waves
396
6.6 6.7 6.8 6.9 6.10 6.11 6.11.1 6.11.2 6.11.3 6.11.4 6.12
6.12.1
Analogy between Compressible and OpenChannel Flows Two-Dimensional Compressible Flow Introduction Basic Energy Considerations Basic Angular Momentum Considerations The Centrifugal Pump Theoretical Considerations Pump Performance Characteristics Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) System Characteristics and Pump Selection Dimensionless Parameters and Similarity Laws Special Pump Scaling Laws
397
6.12.2 6.12.3 6.13 6.14 6.15 6.15.1 6.15.2 6.16 6.16.1 6.16.2
Specific Speed Suction Specific Speed Axial-Flow and Mixed-Flow Pumps Fans Turbines Impulse Turbines Reaction Turbines Compressible Flow Turbomachines Compressors Compressible Flow Turbines
398
[See Fluids in the News article titled Hilsch tube (Ranque vortex tube), Section 11.1.] Explain why a Hilsch tube works and cite some high and low gas temperatures actually achieved. What is the most important limitation of a Hilsch tube and how can it be overcome?
400
[See Fluids in the News article titled Supersonic and compressible flows in gas turbines, Section 11.3.] Using typical physical dimensions and rotation speeds of manufactured gas turbine rotors, consider the possibility that supersonic fluid velocities relative to blade surfaces are possible.
How do designers use this knowledge?
401
Develop useful equations describing the constant temperature (isothermal) flow of an ideal gas through a constant cross section area pipe.
What important practical flow situations would these equations be useful for? How are real gas effects estimated?
402
What do you think are the major unresolved fluid dynamics problems associated with gas turbine engine compressors?
For gas turbine engine high-pressure and low-pressure turbines? For gas turbine engine fans?
Outline the steps associated with the preliminary design of a turbomachine rotor.
403
What are current efficiencies achieved by the following categories of turbomachines? (a) Wind turbines; (b) hydraulic turbines; (c) power plant steam turbines; (d) aircraft gas turbine engines; (e) natural gas pipeline compressors; (f) home vacuum cleaner blowers; (g) laptop computer cooling fan; (h) irrigation pumps; (i) dentist drill air turbines. What is being done to improve these devices?
404
How is cavitation and, more importantly, the damage it can cause detected in hydraulic turbines? How can this damage be minimized?
405
10. ACCREDITATION MANUAL, FOR UG ENGINEERING PROGRAMS, NATIONAL BOARD OF ACCREDITATION (NBA), TIER I, JANUARY 2013.
406
10.1 INTRODUCTION
10.1.3 The objective of the NBA is to assess and accredit professional programmes offered at various levels by the technical institutions on the basis of norms prescribed by the NBA. The NBA works very closely with stakeholders (faculty, educational institutions, government, industries, regulators, management, recruiters, alumni, students and their parents) to ensure that the programmes serve to prepare their graduates with sound knowledge of fundamentals and to develop in them an adequate level of professional competence, such as would meet the needs of the engineering profession locally as well as globally. 407
To be an accrediting agency of international repute by ensuring the highest degree of credibility in assurance of quality and relevance of professional education and come to the expectations of its stakeholders, viz., academicians, corporate, educational institutions, government, industry, regulators, students, and their parents.
408
a) assess and grade colleges and/or institutions of technical and professional education, the courses and programmes offered by them, their various units, faculty, departments etc., b) stimulate the academic environment and quality of teaching and research in these institutions, c) contribute to the sphere of knowledge in its discipline ,
410
d) motivate colleges and/or institutions of technical and professional education for research, and adopt teaching practices that groom their students for the innovation and development of leadership qualities, e) encourage innovation, self-evaluation and accountability in higher education, f) promote necessary changes, innovation and reforms in all aspects of the working of the colleges / institutions of technical and professional education for the above purpose , and g) help institutions to realise their academic objectives.
411
10.3 ACCREDITATION
Accreditation is a process of quality assurance and improvement, whereby a programme in an institution is critically appraised to verify that the institution or the programme continues to meet and exceed the norms and standards prescribed by the appropriate designated authorities. Accreditation does not seek to replace the system of award of degree and diplomas by the universities/autonomous institutions.
412
But, accreditation provides quality assurance that the academic aims and objectives of the institution are honestly pursued, and effectively achieved by the resources available, and that the institution has demonstrated capabilities of ensuring effectiveness of the educational programmes over the validity period of accreditation. NBA accreditation is a quality assurance scheme for higher technical education.
413
In the TIER I document : Criteria based on outcome parameters have been given more weightage. In the TIER II document : The weightage for criteria based on outcome parameters has been reduced. thereby enhancing the weightage of the output-based criteria. However, a non-autonomous institution may also apply for accreditation on the basis of TIER I document, if they feel that their curriculum is capable of attaining the desired outcomes of a program.
415
To attain international recognition of accredited degrees awarded. To facilitate the mobility of graduated students and professionals.
417
An engineering programme to be accredited or re-accredited has to satisfy all the criteria during the full term of accreditation. The educational institution should periodically review the strengths and weaknesses of the programme and seek to improve standards and quality continually, and to address deficiencies, if any aspect falls short of the standards set by the accreditation criteria.
During the full term of accreditation, the institutions are required to submit their annual self-assessment report to eNBA online.
419
The comprehensive list of various stakeholders of the programme, who have been involved in the process of defining and redefining the PEOs, is to be provided. While framing the PEOs, the following factors are to be considered: The PEOs should be consistent with the mission of the institution. All the stakeholders should participate in the process of framing the PEOs. The number of PEOs should be manageable.
421
PEOs should be based on the needs of the stakeholders. PEOs should be achievable by the programme. PEOs should be specific to the programme and not too broad. PEOs should not be too narrow and similar to the POs. For example, the PEOs of an academic programme might read like this: Statement of areas or fields in which the graduates find employment Preparedness of graduates to take up higher studies.
422
The programme shall provide how and where the department vision and mission and the PEOs have been published and disseminated. It should also describe the process that documents and demonstrates periodically that the PEOs are based on the needs of the stakeholders of the programme. The programme shall demonstrate how the PEOs are aligned with the mission of the department / institution. The PEOs are reviewed periodically based on feedback of the programmes various stakeholders.
423
For this purpose, there should be in place a process to identify and document relationships with stakeholders (including students) and their needs, which have to be adequately addressed when reviewing programme curriculum and processes. Justifications shall be provided as to how the composition of the programme curriculum contributes towards the attainment of the PEOs defined for the programme.
424
Also, it is expected to expound how the administrative system helps the programme to ensuring the attainment of the PEOs. The institution shall provide the additional curricular / co-curricular activities carried out to attain the defined PEOs. There should be adequate evidence and documentation to prove that the PEOs set by the institution have been achieved. Also the assessment (indicate the tools and their usage, methodology employed etc.) and evaluation process developed to assess and evaluate the achievement of the said PEOs should be provided.
425
Also, the institution must show that this continuous process leads to the revision or refinement of the PEOs. The institute shall provide the required information for assessment, evaluation and review methods to evaluate the attainment of the PEOs as per the format given in the SAR. If the institute wishes to provide additional information, it will include that information in a suitable format wherever necessary.
426
i. Engineering Knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization for the solution of complex engineering problems. ii. Problem Analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyze complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
428
iii. Design / Development of Solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and environmental considerations. iv. Investigations of Complex Problems : Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
429
v. Modern Tool Usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools, including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities, with an understanding of the limitations. vi. The Engineer and Society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal, and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.
430
vii. Environment and Sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development. viii. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
431
ix. Individual and Team Work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings. x. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community and with the society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
432
xi. Project Management and Finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these to ones own work, as a member and leader in a team, and to manage projects in multidisciplinary environments. xii. Life-long Learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
433
The POs formulated for each programme by the institute must be consistent with the NBAs Graduate Attributes. The POs must foster the attainment of the PEOs. The programme shall indicate the process involved in defining and redefining the POs. It shall also provide how and where the POs are published and disseminated. It should also describe the process that documents and demonstrates periodically that the POs are based on the needs of the stakeholders of the programme.
434
The extent to which and how the POs are aligned with the Graduate Attributes prescribed by the NBA shall be provided. The correlation between the POs and the PEOs is to be provided as per the format given in the SAR in order to establish the contribution of the POs towards the attainment of the PEOs. Precise illustrations of how course outcomes, modes of delivery of the courses, assessment tools are used to assess the impact of course delivery / course content, and laboratory and project work are contributing towards the attainment of the POs shall be given by the institution.
435
The attainment of POs may be assessed by direct and indirect methods. Direct methods of assessment are essentially accomplished by the direct examination or observation of students knowledge or skills against measurable performance indicators. On the other hand, indirect methods of assessment are based on ascertaining opinion or self-report.
436
Rubric is a useful tool for indirect assessment. A rubric basically articulates the expectations for students performance. It is a set of criteria for assessing students work or performance.
437
Rubric is particularly suited to program outcomes that are complex or not easily quantifiable for which there are no clear right or wrong answers or which are not evaluated with the standardised tests or surveys. For example, assessment of writing, oral communication, or critical thinking often require rubrics. The development of different rubrics and the achievement of the outcomes need to be clearly stated in the SAR.
438
The results of assessment of each PO should be indicated, since they play a vital role in implementing the Continuous Improvement Process of the programme. The institute shall provide the ways and means of how the results of assessment of the POs help to refine processes of revising/redefining the POs. The institute shall provide the required information for assessment, evaluation and review methods to evaluate the attainment of the POs as per the format given in SAR.
439
CRITERION 3 PROGRAMME CURRICULUM The programme shall provide how its curriculum is designed, published, and disseminated. The structure of the curriculum, which comprises course code, course title, total number of contact hours (lecture, tutorial and practical) and credits is to be provided. Flow diagram that shows the prerequisites for the courses shall also be provided.
440
Each programme should cover general and specialised professional content of adequate breadth and depth, and should also include appropriate components in the Sciences and Humanities. The relevance of curriculum components including core engineering courses to the POs shall be given. The institute shall describe how the core engineering subjects in the curriculum add to the learning experience with the complex engineering problems.
441
In addition to the General Criteria, each programme must satisfy a set of criteria specific to it, known as programme specific criteria which deal with the requirements for engineering practice particular to the related sub-discipline. The stipulations in the Programme Specific Criteria chiefly concern curricular issues and qualifications of faculty. The programme curriculum in correlation with programme specific criteria is to be provided.
442
The NBA is intended to adopt the programme specific criteria specified by appropriate American Professional associations such as ASME, ASCE, IEEE etc,. The institution shall provide evidence that the programme curriculum satisfies the programme specific criteria, and industry interactions/ internship.
443
The institution must ensure that the programme curriculum that was developed at the time of inception of the programme has been refined in the subsequent years to make it consistent with the PEOs and POs.
The institute shall provide the required information for assessment, evaluation and review methods to evaluate the attainment of the COs.
444
(iii) The educational institution must provide student support services including counselling/tutoring / mentoring. (iv) The institute shall provide the required information for three complete academic years for admission intake in the programme, success rate, academic performance, placement and higher studies and professional activities as per the format given in the SAR. However, it shall provide the information in a suitable format, wherever necessary, in case the format is not provided in the SAR.
446
CRITERION 5 FACULTY
(i) The faculty members should posses adequate knowledge / expertise to deliver all the curricular contents of the programme. (ii) The number of faculty members must be adequate, so as to enable them to engage in activities outside their teaching duties, especially for the purposes of professional development, curriculum development, student mentoring/counselling, administrative work, training, and placement of students, interaction with industrial and professional practitioners.
447
(iii) The number of faculty members must be sufficiently large in proportion to the number of students, so as to provide adequate levels of facultystudent interaction. In any educational programme, it is essential to have adequate levels of teacher-student interaction, which is possible only if there are enough teachers, or in this case, faculty members.
448
(iv) The faculty must be actively involved in research and development. The programme must support, encourage and maintain such R&D activities. A vibrant research and development culture is important to any academic programme.
449
The students education is enriched by being part of such a culture, for it cultivates skills and habits for life-long learning and knowledge on contemporary issues.
450
(v) The academic freedom to steer and run the programme will be in the hands of members of the faculty. This includes the rights over evaluation and assessment processes and decisions on programme involvement. They should also engage themselves in the process of accreditation for the continuous improvement of the PEOs and the POs.
451
(vi) The faculty must have sound educational qualifications, and must be actively updating knowledge in their respective areas of interest.
It is desirable that the members of the faculty possess adequate industrial experience, and be from diverse backgrounds.
452
In terms of teaching, the faculty must possess experience, be able to communicate effectively, and be enthusiastic about programme improvement. For courses relating to design, the faculty members in charge of the course must have good design experience and participate in professional societies.
453
(vii) The institute shall provide the required information for three complete academic years for Student-Teacher Ratio (STR), Faculty Cadre Ratio, faculty qualifications, faculty retention, Faculty Research Publications (FRP), Faculty Intellectual Property Rights (FIPR), Funded R&D Projects and Consultancy (FRDC), faculty interaction with outside world, faculty competence correlation with program specific criteria and faculty as participants / resource persons in training and development activities as per the format given in the SAR. However, it shall provide the information in a suitable format, wherever necessary, in case 454 the format is not provided in the SAR.
(i) The institution must provide adequate infrastructural facilities to support the achievement of the programme outcomes. Classrooms, tutorial rooms, meeting rooms, seminar halls, conference hall, faculty rooms, and laboratories must be adequately furnished to provide an environment conducive to learning.
455
Modern teaching aids such as digital interactive boards, multimedia projectors etc., should be in place to facilitate the teaching-learning process so that programme outcomes can be achieved.
456
(ii)The laboratories must be equipped with computing resources, equipments, and tools relevant to the programme. The equipments of the laboratories should be properly maintained, upgraded and utilised so that the students can attain the programme outcomes.
457
There should be an adequate number of qualified technical supporting staff to provide appropriate guidance for the students for using the equipment, tools, computers, and laboratories.
The institution must provide scope for the technical staff for upgrading their skills and professional advancement.
458
(iii) The institute shall provide the required information for class rooms in the department, faculty rooms in the department, laboratories in the department to meet the curriculum requirements as well as the POs, and technical manpower in the department as per the format given in the SAR. However, it shall provide the information in a suitable format wherever necessary, in case the format has not been provided in the SAR.
459
CRITERION 7 ACADEMIC SUPPORT UNITS AND TEACHING LEARNING PROCESS (i) The programme must employ effective teaching-learning processes. The modes of teaching used, such as lecture, tutorial, seminar, teacherstudent interaction outside class, peergroup discussion, or a combination of two or more of these, must be designed and implemented so as to facilitate and encourage learning.
460
Practical skills, such as the ability to operate computers and other technologically advanced machinery, must be developed through hands-on laboratory work. (ii) The effectiveness of the teaching-learning processes must be evaluated on a regular basis. The evaluation, besides reviewing the above mentioned factors, must also look at whether the academic calendar, the number of instructional days and contact hours per week, are maximally conducive to teaching and learning.
461
Student feedback on various aspects of the process must be carefully considered as well. Internal reviews of quality assurance procedures should be carried out periodically. (iii) The institute shall provide the required information for students admission, assessment of first year student-teacher ratio (FYSTR), assessment of faculty qualification, teaching first year common courses, academic support units and common facilities for the first year courses ,
462
tutorial/ remedial classes/ mentoring, teaching and evaluation process, feedback system, self learning, career guidance, training, placement and entrepreneurship cell, and co-curricular and extra curricular activities as per the format given in the SAR. However, it shall provide the information in a suitable format, wherever necessary, in case the format is not provided in the SAR.
463
(i) The governance structure of the programme must clearly assign authority and responsibility for the formulation and implementation of policies that enable the programme to fulfill its mission. The programme must possess the financial resources necessary to fulfill its mission and the PEOs.
464
In particular, there must be sufficient resources to attract and retain wellqualified staff, and to provide them with opportunities for continuous development and career growth. The programmes budgetary planning process must also provide for the acquisition, repair, maintenance and replacement of physical facilities and equipment. (ii) The educational institution must have a comprehensive and up-to-date library and extensive educational, technological facilities.
465
(iii) The institute shall provide the required information for campus infrastructure and facility, organisation, governance and transparency, budget allocation and public accounting (for both institutions and programme), library, internet, safety norms and checks, counseling, and emergency medical care and first-aid as per the format given in the SAR. However, it shall provide the information in a suitable format, wherever necessary in case the format has not been provided in the SAR.
466
The institute shall provide the required information for improvement in the success index of students, improvement in academic performance index of students, improvement in student-teacher ratio, enhancement of faculty qualifications index, improvement in faculty research publications, R&D and consultancy work, continuing education, curricular improvement based on the review of attainment of the PEOs, and the POs, course delivery and assessment improvement
468
based on the review of the attainment of the PEOs, and the POs, new facility created, and overall improvement since last accreditation, if any, otherwise since the commencement of the programme, as per the format given in the SAR. However, it shall provide the information in a suitable format, wherever necessary, in case the format has not been provided in the SAR.
469
The accreditation process, whether for a first accreditation or re-accreditation, broadly involves the following activities. The institute shall submit the Self Assessment Report (SAR) which contains the required information in the prescribed format. The NBA shall appoint an Evaluation Team to assess the SAR. The Evaluation Team shall make an onsite accreditation visit and it shall prepare an evaluation report based on its findings.
471
The Evaluation Team shall share the strengths and weaknesses of the programme/institute with the members of the institution vis--vis accreditation process during the exit meeting. The evaluation report will be placed before the EAC for its recommendations. The recommendations of the EAC will be submitted to the EC for its final decision vis--vis granting accreditation. The NBA shall inform the outcome of accreditation to the institution.
472
Provide relevant data for the past three years, unless specified otherwise in the respective programme manual. The documents should be submitted as hard copy in a soft bound form and mailed to the NBA, New Delhi. The soft copy should be uploaded on the NBA website. DONTs: Dont send the following objects with the SAR: Original documents Publications such as books, journals, newsletters, thesis, etc.
474
(i) Outcome of the education provided; (ii) Quality assurance processes, including internal reviews; (iii) Assessment; (iv) Activities and work of the students; (v) Entry standards and selection for admission of students; (vi) Motivation and enthusiasm of faculty; (vii) Qualifications and activities of faculty members; (viii) Infrastructure facilities; (ix) Laboratory facilities; (x) Library facilities; (xi) Industry participation; (xii) Organisation
476
In order to assist the Evaluation Team in its assessment, the educational institution should arrange for the following: Discussions with a) The Head of the institute/Dean/Heads of Department (HOD)/Programme and course coordinators b) A member of the management (to discuss how the programme fits into the overall strategic direction and focus of the institution, and management support for continued funding and development of the programme) c) Faculty members d) Alumni (sans Alma Maters) e) Students 477 f) parents
(ii) Availability of the following exhibits a) Profile of faculty involved in the programme b) Evidence that the results of assessment of course outcomes and programme outcomes are being applied to the review and ongoing improvement of programme effectiveness c) List of publications, consultancy and sponsored/funded research projects by programme faculty d) Sample materials for theory and laboratory courses e) Sample test / semester examination question papers for all courses
478
f) Sample of test/semester examination answer scripts, projects, assignments, (including at least one excellent, one good and one marginal pass for each examination) question papers and evidences related to assessment tools for COs and POs g) Student records of three immediate batches of graduates h) Sample project and design reports (excellent, good and marginal pass) by students i) Sample student feedback form j) Sample for industry-institute interaction k) Results of quality assurance reviews
479
l) Records of employment/higher studies of graduates m) Records of academic support and other learning activities n) Any other documents that the Evaluation Team/NBA may request. (iii) Visits to a) Classrooms b) Laboratories pertaining to the programme c) Central and department library d) Computer centre e) Hostel and dispensary
480
The Evaluation Team should conduct an exit meeting with the Management Representative, the Head of the institute, the Head of Department and other key officials at the end of the on-site visit to present its findings (strengths, weaknesses, and scope for the improvement). The institution will be given a chance to withdraw one or more programmes from the process of accreditation. In this case, the Head of the institution will have to submit the withdrawal in writing to the Chairperson of the Evaluation Team during the exit meeting.
481
11. NATIONAL BOARD OF ACCREDIATION FORMAT FOR SELF ASSESSMENT REPORT (SAR) FOR ACCREDITATION OF UG ENGINEERING PROGRAMMES (TIER-I) JANUARY, 2013
482
483
I.3. History of the Institution (including the date of introduction and number of seats of various programs of study along with the NBA accreditation, if any), in a tabular form:
Year
.............
Description
Institution started with the following programs (Intake strength) . . . . .
.............
.............
(Instruction: History of the institution and its chronological development along with the past accreditation records need to be listed here.)
485
I.4. Ownership Status: Govt.(Central/State) / Trust / Society (Govt. / NGO / Private) / Private/ Other: (Instruction: Ownership status of the Institute has to be listed here.) I.5. Mission and Vision of the Institution: (The Institution needs to specify its Mission and Vision) I.6. Organizational Structure: Organizational chart showing the hierarchy of academics and administration is to be included.
486
I.7. Financial Status: Govt.(Central/State) / grantsin-aid / not-for-profit / private self-financing / other: (Instruction: Financial status of the Institute has to be mentioned here.) I.8. Nature of the trust / society : Also list other institutions/colleges run by the trust/society: (Instruction: Way of functioning and activities of the trust /society have to be listed here.)
Name of the Institution Year of Establishment Location
487
(Instruction: The different sources of the external funds over the last three financial years are to be listed here.)
(Instruction: The different sources of the internal funds over the last three financial years are to be listed here.)
488
CFY
CFYm1
CFYm2
CFYm3
I.12. Basis/Criterion for Admission to the Institution: All India entrance / State-level entrance / University entrance / 12th standard mark sheet/ others: (Instruction: The basis / criterion for student intake has to be listed here.) I.13. Total number of engineering students:
CAY Total no .of boys CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3
Total Number of other students, if any: (Instruction: Total number of engineering students, both boys and girls, has to be listed here. The data may be categorized in a tabular form as undergraduate, postgraduate engineering, or other program, if 490 applicable.)
(Instruction: Total number of employees, both men and women, has to be listed here. The data may be categorized in a tabular form as teaching and supporting staff.)
Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll in the Engineering Institution, during the CAY and the previous CAYs (1st July to 30th June):
491
A. Regular Staff
CAY
Items Min Max M
CAYm1
CAYm2
CAYm3
Min Max
F
M
F
M F
(Instruction: Staff strength both teaching and nonteaching over the last three academic years has to be listed here.)
492
B. Contract Staff
CAY Items Min Max Teaching staff in Engineering M F M F Min Max Min Max Min Max CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3
M
F
493
Description
Started with ................seats in ............. Intake increased to ............. in ............. Intake increased to ............. in ............. ...................................... ......................................
UG in..............
MCA..............
PG in ..............
494
II.4 Mission and Vision of the Department (The department is required to specify its Mission and Vision). II.5 List of the programs / departments which share human resources and/or the facilities of these programs /departments (in %): (Instruction: The institution needs to mention the different programs being run in the department which share the human resources and facilities with this department / program being accredited.)
495
CAYm1
Min Max
CAYm2
Min
CAYm3
II.8 Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in the CFYm1, CFYm2 and CFYm3 (for the Department)
Items Budg eted in CFY Actual expense s in CFY (till..) Budgeted in CFYm1 Actual BudgeExpens ted in es in CFYm2 CFYm1 Actual Budge- Actual Expens ted in Expens es in CFYm3 es in CFYm2 CFYm3
Total
497
III. Program Specific Information III.1. Name of the Programme UG in______________ (List name of the programme, as it appears on the graduates certificate and transcript, and abbreviation used for the programme.) III.2. Title of the Degree (List name of the degree title, as it appears on the graduates certificate and transcript, and abbreviation used for the degree.) III.3. Name designation telephone number, and e-mail address of the Programme coordinator for the NBA:
498
III.4. History of the programme along with the NBA accreditation, if any:
Program
UG in.
Description
Started with ..seats in . Intake increased to .. In . Intake increased to in . Accredited in
III.5. Deficiencies, weaknesses/concerns from previous accreditations: III.6. Total number of students in the programme:
499
III.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff for current and three previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the programme :
CAY
Items Min Max
Teaching staff in the department Non-teaching staff
CAYm1
Min Max
CAYm2
Min
CAYm3
500
III.8 Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in the CFYm1, CFYm2 and CFYm3 (exclusively for this programme in the department):
Items Budg eted in CFY Actual expense s in CFY (till..) Budgeted in CFYm1 Actual BudgeExpens ted in es in CFYm2 CFYm1 Actual Budge- Actual Expens ted in Expens es in CFYm3 es in CFYm2 CFYm3
Total
501
PART B
CRITERION 1: VISION, MISSION AND PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (100)
1.1 Vision and Mission (5) 1.1.1 State the Vision and Mission of the institute and department (1) (List and articulate the vision and mission statements of the institute and department) 1.1.2 Indicate how and where the Vision and Mission are published and disseminated (2) (Describe in which media (e.g. websites, curricula books) the vision and mission are published and how these are disseminated among stakeholders)
502
1.1.3 Mention the process for defining Vision and Mission of the department (2) (Articulate the process involved in defining the vision and mission of the department from the vision and mission of the institute). 1.2 Programme Educational Objectives (15) 1.2.1 Describe the Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) (2) (List and articulate the programme educational objectives of the programme under accreditation)
503
1.2.2 State how and where the PEOs are published and disseminated (2) (Describe in which media (e.g. websites, curricula books) the PEOs are published and how these are disseminated among stakeholders.) 1.2.3 List the stakeholders of the programme (1) (List stakeholders of the programme under consideration for accreditation and articulate their relevance) 1.2.4 State the process for establishing the PEOs (5) (Describe the process that periodically documents and demonstrates that the PEOs are based on the needs of the programmes various stakeholders.)
504
1.2.5 Establish consistency of the PEOs with the Mission of the institute (5). (Describe how the programme educational objectives are consistent with the Mission of the department.) 1.3. Achievement of the Programme Educational Objective (30) 1.3.1 Justify the academic factors involved in achievement of the PEOs (15) (Describe the broad curricular components that contribute towards attainment of the Programme Educational Objectives.)
505
1.3.2 Explain how administrative system helps in ensuring the achievement of the PEOs (15) (Describe the committees and their functions, working process and related regulations.) 1.4 Assessment of the achievement of Programme Educational Objectives (40)
1.4.1 Indicate tools and processes used in assessment of the achievement of the PEOs (25) Describe the assessment process that periodically documents and demonstrates the degree to which the Programme Educational Objectives are attained. (10)
506
Include information: (15) a) A listing and description of the assessment processes used to gather the data upon which the evaluation of each programme educational objective is based. Example of data collection process may include, but are not limited to, employer surveys, graduate surveys, focus groups, industrial advisory committee meetings, or other processes that are relevant and appropriate to the programme; b) The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried out.
507
1.4.2 Provide the evidences for the achievement of the PEOs (15) a) The expected level of attainment for each of the programme educational objectives; b) Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis illustrating the extent to which each of the programme educational objective is being attained; and c) How the results are documented and maintained. 1.5. Indicate how the PEOs have been redefined in the past (10) (Articulate with rationale how the results of the evolution of PEOs have been used to review/redefine the PEOs) 508
2.1.3. Indicate processes employed for defining of the POs (5) (Describe the process that periodically documents and demonstrates that the POs are defined in alignment with the graduate attributes prescribed by the NBA.) 2.1.4. Indicate how the defined POs are aligned to the Graduate Attributes prescribed by the NBA (10) (Indicate how the POs defined for the programme are aligned with the Graduate Attributes of NBA as articulated in accreditation manual.) 2.1.5. Establish the correlation between the POs and the PEOs (10) (Explain how the defined POs of the programme 510 correlate with the PEOs)
2.2. Attainment of Programme Outcomes (40) 2.2.1. Illustrate how course outcomes contribute to the POs (10) (Provide the correlation between the course outcomes and the programme outcomes. The strength of the correlation may also be indicated) 2.2.2. Explain how modes of delivery of courses help in attainment of the POs(10) (Describe the different course delivery methods/ modes (e.g. lecture interspersed with discussion, asynchronous mode of interaction, group discussion, project etc.) used to deliver the courses and justify the effectiveness of these methods for the attainment of the POs. This may be further justified using the indirect assessment methods such as course-end surveys.) 511
2.2.3. Indicate how assessment tools used to assess the impact of delivery of course/course content contribute towards the attainment of course outcomes/programme outcomes (10) (Describe different types of course assessment and evaluation methods (both direct and indirect) in practice and their relevance towards the attainment of POs.) 2.2.4. Indicate the extent to which the laboratory and project course work are contributing towards attainment of the POs (10) (Justify the balance between theory and practical for the attainment of the POs. Justify how the various project works (a sample of 20% best and average projects from total projects) carried as part of the programme curriculum contribute towards the attainment of the POs.) 512
Describe the assessment process that periodically documents and demonstrates the degree to which the Programme Outcomes are attained.
513
2.3.2. Indicate results of evaluation of each PO (50) c) The expected level of attainment for each of the program outcomes; d) Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis illustrating the extent to which each of the programme outcomes are attained; and e) How the results are documented and maintained. 2.4. Use of evaluation results towards improvement of the programme (30) 2.4.1. Indicate how the results of evaluation used for curricular improvements (5) (Articulate with rationale the curricular improvements brought in after the review of the attainment of the POs) 515
2.4.2. Indicate how results of evaluation used for improvement of course delivery and assessment (10) (Articulate with rationale the curricular delivery and assessment improvements brought in after the review of the attainment of the POs) 2.4.3. State the process used for revising/ redefining the POs (15) (Articulate with rationale how the results of the evaluation of the POs have been used to review/redefine the POs in line with the Graduate Attributes of the NBA.)
516
Lecture (L)
Tutorial (T)
Practical# (P)
Total Hours
Credits
#Seminars, project works may be considered as practical 3.1.2. Give the Prerequisite flow chart of courses (5) (Draw the schematic of the prerequisites of the courses in the curriculum)
3.1.3. Justify how the programme curriculum satisfies the program specific criteria (10) (Justify how the programme curriculum satisfies the program specific criteria specified by the American professional societies relevant to the programme under accreditation) 517
3.2.
State the components of the curriculum and their relevance to the POs and the PEOs (15) Programme curriculum grouping based on different components.
Curriculum Total Content (%of total Total number number of credits Number of of contact of the credits hours programme)
POs PEOs
518
3.3. State core engineering subjects and their relevance to Programme Outcomes including design experience (60) (Describe how the core engineering subjects in the curriculum are giving the learning experience with the complex engineering problems) 3.4. Industry interaction/internship (10) (Give the details of industry involvement in the programme such as industry-attached laboratories and partial delivery of courses and internship opportunities for students)
519
3.5. Curriculum Development (15) 3.5.1. State the process for designing the programme curriculum (5) (Describe the process that periodically documents and demonstrates how the programme curriculum is evolved considering the PEOs and the POs) 3.5.2. Illustrate the measures and processes used to improve courses and curriculum (10) (Articulate the process involved in identifying the requirements for improvements in courses and curriculum and provide the evidence of continuous improvement of courses and curriculum)
520
3.6. Course Syllabi (5) (Include, in appendix, a syllabus for each course used. Syllabi format should be consistent and shouldnt exceed two pages.) The syllabi format may include: Department, course number, and title of course Designation as a required or elective course Pre-requisites Contact hours and type of course (lecture, tutorial, seminar, project etc.) Course Assessment methods (both continuous and semester-end assessment) Course outcomes Topics covered Text book and/or reference material 521
CAY
CAYm1
CAYm2 CAYm3
522
CAY
CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3
CAYm4 (LYG)
CAYm5 (LYGm1) CAYm6 (LYGm2)
523
Success Rate = 20 x mean of Success Index (SI) for past 3 batches SI = (Number of students who graduated from the programme in the stipulated period of course duration) / (Number of students admitted in the first year of that batch and admitted in 2nd year via lateral entry)
Item LYG (CAYm4) LYGm1 (CAYm5) LYGm2 (CAYm6)
Number of students admitted in the corresponding First Year + admitted via lateral entry in 2nd year
Number of students who have graduated in the stipulated period Success Index (SI)
Assessment = 2 x API
Item
Number of admitted students corresponding to LYG including lateral entry (N) Number of students who obtained jobs as per the record of placement office (x1) Number of students who found employment otherwise at the end of the final year (x2) x = x1+ x2 Number of students who opted for higher studies with valid qualifying scores/ranks (y)
LYG
LYGm1
LYGm2
Assessment Points
527
528
4.3.4. Entrepreneurship initiatives, product designs, innovations (3) (Instruction: The institution may specify the efforts and achievements.) 4.3.5. Publications and awards in inter-institute events
by students of the programme of study (3)
(Instruction: The institution may provide a table indicating those publications, which fetched awards to students in the events/conferences organised by other institutes. A tabulated list of all other student publications may be included in the appendix.)
529
(Instruction: The institution may complete this table for the calculation of the student-teacher ratio (STR). Teaching loads of the faculty member contributing to only undergraduate programme (2nd, 3rd, and 4th year) are considered to calculate the STR.)
530
Year
CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
x+y+z
N1
STR
Average Assessment
531
For item nos. 5.2 to 5.8, the denominator term (N) is computed as follows:
N = N1 = N2 = Year Maximum {N1, N2}, Total Number of faculty members in the programme (considering the fractional load), Number of faculty positions needed for student-teacher ratio of 15. N1 N2 N = Max. (N1,N2)
CAYm2
CAYm1 CAY
CRI
Assessment
Average Assessment
532
=
= = =
x CAYm2
FQI
Assessment
CAYm1
CAY Average Assessment
533
to
(Provide evidence that program curriculum satisfies the applicable programme criteria specified by the appropriate American professional associations such as ASME, IEEE and ACM. You may list the programme specific criteria and the competencies (specialisation, research publication, course developments etc.,) of faculty to correlate the programme specific criteria and competencies)
534
training activities (15) (Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five points for a participation/ resource person.) Participant/resource person in two week faculty development programme: 5 points Participant/resource person in one week faculty development programme: 3 points
Name of the faculty Max. 5 per faculty
CAYm2
CAYm1
CAY
Sum
N (Number of faculty positions required for an STR Assessment = 3 x Sum/N Average assessment
535
5.6
where points assigned to a faculty member = 1 point for each year of experience at the institute but not exceeding 5.
Item
Number of faculty members with experience < 1 year (x0) Number of faculty members with 1 to 2 years experience (x1) Number of faculty members with 2 to 3 years experience (x2) Number of faculty members with 3 to 4 years experience (x3) Number of faculty members with 4 to 5 years experience (x4) Number of faculty members with experience > 5 years (x5) N
CAYm2
CAYm1 CAY
(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five research publication points depending upon the quality of the research papers and books published in the past 3 years).
The research papers considered are those: (i) which can be located on Internet and/or are included in hard-copy volumes/ proceedings, published by reputed publishers, and (ii) the faculty members affiliation, in the published papers/books, is of the current institution.
537
Include a list of all such publications and IPRs along with details of DOI, publisher, month/year, etc.
Name of the faculty (contributing to FRP)
FRP points (Max. 5 per faculty) CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
5 points for funding by national agency, 4 points for funding by state agency, 4 points for funding by private sector, and 2 points for funding by the sponsoring trust/society
Points to be awarded, for those activities, which result in joint efforts in publication of books/research paper, pursuing externally funded R&D / consultancy projects and / or development of semester-long course / teaching modules.
Name of faculty member (contributing to FIP)
.................
.................
Sum N Assessment of FIP = 2 x Sum/N Average Assessment
542
Description of class rooms, faculty rooms, seminar and conference halls: (Entries in the following table are sampler entries).
Room Description Usage Shared / Capacity Rooms Exclusive Equipped with PC, Internet, Book rack, meeting space
No. of Classrooms: Tutorial rooms: No. of Seminar rooms: No. of Meeting rooms: No. of Faculty rooms:
543
6.1. Classrooms in the Department (20) 6.1.1 Adequate number of rooms for lectures (core/ electives), seminars, tutorials, etc for the program (10) (Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table.) 6.1.2 Teaching aids multimedia projectors, etc. (5) 6.1.3 Acoustics, classroom size, conditions of
chairs/benches, air circulation, lighting, exits, ambiance, and such other amenities/facilities (5)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table and the inspection thereof.)
544
6.2
6.2.1 Availability of individual faculty rooms (5) (Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table). 6.2.2 Room equipped with white/black board, computer, Internet, and such other amenities/facilities (5)
546
6.3.
Laboratories in the Department to meet the Curriculum Requirements as well as the POs (25)
6.3.1 Adequate, well equipped laboratories to meet the curriculum requirements and the POs (10) (Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table.) 6.3.2 Availability of department (5) computing facilities in the
6.3.3. Availability of laboratories with technical support within and beyond working hours(5) (Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table.) 6.3.4. Equipments to run experiments and their maintenance, number of students per experimental setup, size of the laboratories, overall ambience, etc. (5)
At Joining
Now
6.4.1 Availability of adequate and qualified technical supporting staff for programme-specific labs (10)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table.) 6.4.2 Incentives, skill upgrade and professional advancement (5) (Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table.)
549
(Instruction: The intake of the students during the last three years against the sanctioned capacity may be reported here.)
550
Admission quality (for information only). Divide the total admitted ranks (or percentage marks) into five or a few more meaningful ranges.
Rank range More than 98 percentile 9598 percentile 9095 percentile CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3
80 90 percentile
. . Admitted without rank
(Instruction: The admission quality of the students in terms of their ranks in the entrance examination may be presented here.)
551
Tabular data for estimating student-teacher ratio and faculty qualification for first year common courses. List of faculty members teaching first year courses:
Name of Qualifica Designa faculty tion -tion member Date of joining the institution Department with which associated
Distribution of teaching load (%) 1st year UG PG
(Instruction: The institution may list here the faculty members engaged in first year teaching along with other relevant data.)
552
7.1. Academic Support Units (35) 7.1.1. Assessment of First Year Student Teacher Ratio (FYSTR) (10) Data for first year courses to calculate the FYSTR:
Year Number of students (approved intake strength) Number of faculty members (considering fractional load) FYSTR Assessment = (10 x 15)/FYSTR (Max. is 10)
Average
553
7.1.2. Assessment of Faculty Qualification Teaching First Year Common Courses (15) Assessment of qualification = 3 (5x+3y + 2z0)/N where x + y + z0 N and z0 Z x = Number of faculty members with PhD y = Number of faculty members with ME/ MTech/ NETQualified/MPhil z = Number of faculty members with BE/Btech/MSc/ MCA/MA N = Number of faculty members needed for FYSTR of 25 Assessment of Year x y z N faculty qualification CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY Average assessment of faculty qualification
554
7.1.3. Basic science / engineering laboratories (adequacy of space, number of students per batch, quality and availability of measuring instruments, laboratory manuals, list of experiments) (8)
Space, Laboratory Software Type of number of description used experiments students Quality of instruments Laboratory manuals
(Instruction: The Institution needs to mention the details for the basic science / engineering laboratories for the first year courses. The descriptors as listed here are suggestive in nature). 555
(Instruction: The Institution may provide the details of the language laboratory. The descriptors as listed here are not exhaustive).
556
7.2 Teaching Learning Process (40) 7.2.1. Tutorial classes to address student questions: size of tutorial classes, hours per subject given in timetable (5)
Provision of tutorial classes in time-table ? YES / NO Tutorial Sheets provided: YES / NO Tutorial classes taken by faculty / teaching assistants / senior students / others ................... Number of tutorial classes per subject per week: Number of students per tutorial class : Number of subjects with tutorials : 1st year................ 2nd year............... 3rd Year............. 4th year...............
(Instruction: Here the institution may report the details of the tutorial classes that are being conducted on various subjects and also state the impact of such tutorial classes).
557
7.2.2. Mentoring system to help at individual levels (5) Type of mentoring: Professional guidance / career advancement / course work specific / laboratory specific / total development Number of faculty mentors: Number of students per mentor: Frequency of meeting: (Instruction: Here the institution may report the details of the mentoring system that has been developed for the students for various purposes and also state the efficacy of such system).
558
7.2.3 Feedback analysis and reward / corrective measures taken, if any (5)
Feedback collected for all courses Specify the feedback collection process Percentage of students participating Specify the feedback analysis process Basis of reward/corrective measures, if any : YES / NO : : : :
Number of corrective actions in the last three years: (Instruction: The institution needs to design an effective feedback questionnaire. It needs to justify that the feedback mechanism it has developed really helps in evaluating teaching and finally 559 contributing to the quality of teaching).
7.2.4. Scope for self-learning (5) (Instruction: The Institution needs to specify the scope for selflearning/learning beyond syllabus and creation of facilities for self learning / learning beyond syllabus.) 7.2.5. Generation of self-learning facilities, and availability of materials for learning beyond syllabus (5) (Instruction: The institution needs to specify the facilities for self-learning / learning beyond syllabus.)
560
7.2.6. Career Guidance, Training, Placement, and Entrepreneurship Cell (5) (Instruction: The institution may specify the facility and management to facilitate career guidance including counseling for higher studies, industry interaction for training/ internship/ placement, Entrepreneurship cell and incubation facility and impact of such systems)
561
No. of rooms
8.1.3 Electricity, power backup, telecom facility, drinking water and security (4)
(Instruction Specify the details of installed capacity, quality, availability, etc.)
8.2
8.2.1
and
Governing body, administrative setup and functions of various bodies (2) (Instruction: List the governing, senate, and all other academic and administrative bodies; their member ships, functions, and responsibilities; frequency of the meetings; and attendance therein, in a tabular form. A few sample minutes of the meetings and action taken reports should be annexed.) 564
8.2.2 Defined rules, procedures, recruitment, and promotional policies, etc. (2)
(Instruction: List the published rules, policies, and procedures; year of publications; and state the extent of awareness among the employees/ students. Also comment on its availability on Internet, etc.)
8.2.3
Decentralization in working including delegation of financial power and grievance redressal system (3)
(Instruction: List the names of the faculty members who are administrators/decision makers for various responsibilities. Specify the mechanism and composition of grievance redressal system, including faculty association, staff-union, if any.)565
8.3
Budget Allocation, Utilization and Public Accounting (10) Summary of current financial years budget and the actual expenditure incurred (exclusively for the institution) for three preceding financial years
566
Item
Infrastructural built-up
Budgeted in CFY
Library
Laboratory Equipment Laboratory consumables Teaching and non-teaching staff salary R&D Training and Travel Other, specify.....
Total
(Instruction: The preceding list of items is not exhaustive. One may add other relevant items if applicable.)
567
8.3.1 Adequacy of budget allocation (4) (Instruction: Here the Institution needs to justify that the budget allocated over the years was adequate.) 8.3.2 Utilization of allocated funds (5) (Instruction: Here the Institution needs to state how the budget was utilized during the last three years.) 8.3.3 Availability of the audited statements on the Institutes website (1) (Instruction: Here the Institution needs to state whether the audited statements are available on its Web site.) 8.4 Programme Specific Budget Allocation, Utilisation (10) Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in the CFYm1 and CFYm2 (exclusively for this programme in the department):
568
Items
Budgeted in CFYm1
CFY (till...)
Laboratory equipment
Software
R&D Laboratory consumables
8.4.1 Adequacy of budget allocation (5) (Instruction: Here the institution needs to justify that the budget allocated over the years was adequate.)
8.4.2 Utilisation of allocated funds (5) (Instruction: Here the institution needs to state how the budget was utilised during the last three years.)
570
CFYm1
CFY
CFY
CFYm1
CFYm2
CFYm3
As soft copy
As hard copy As soft copy As hard copy As soft copy As hard copy As soft copy As hard copy As soft copy
Pharmacy
Architecture Hotel Management
As hard copy
572
Expenditure
Magazine / journals (for hard copy subscription) Magazine / journals (for soft copy subscription) Misc. Contents
Comments
8.7
8.7.1 Checks for wiring and electrical installations for leakage and earthing (1) 8.7.2 Fire fighting measures (1) : Effective safety arrangements with emergency/ multiple exits and ventilation / exhausts in auditoriums and large class rooms/laboratories, fire fighting equipment and training, availability of water, and such other facilities. (1) 8.7.3 Safety of Civil Structure (1)
575
8.7.4
Handling of hazardous chemicals and such other activities (2) (Instruction: The institution may provide evidence that it is taking enough measures for the safety of the civil structures, fire, electrical installations, wiring, and safety of handling and disposal of hazardous substances. Moreover, the institution needs to show the effectiveness of the measures that it has developed to accomplish these tasks.)
576
8.8 Counseling and Emergency Medical Care and First-aid (5) Availability of counseling facility(1)
Arrangement for emergency medical care (2)
Availability of first-aid unit (2) (Instruction: The institution needs to report the availability of the facilities discussed here)
577
LYG
LYGm1
LYGm2
Assessment
From 4.2
Items
API (Academic Performance Index)
LYG
LYGm1
LYGm2
Assessment
579
LYG
LYGm1
LYGm2
Assessment
9.5 Improvement in Faculty Research Publications, R&D Work and Consultancy Work (10)
From 5.7 and 5.9
Items LYG LYGm1 LYGm2 Assessment
Assessment =
581
...............
In CAYm1 ............... In CAY
582
9.8 Overall Improvements since Accreditation, if any, otherwise, commencement of the Program (20)
Specify the overall improvement:
Specify the strengths/ weaknesses List the PO(s), which are strengthened
Last since
Improvements brought in
Contributed by
Comments, if any
Assessment =
583
Declaration
The head of the institution needs to make a declaration as per the format given below: This Self-Assessment Report (SAR) is prepared for the current academic year (__________) and the current financial year (_________________) on behalf of the institution. I certify that the information provided in this SAR is extracted from the records and to the best of my knowledge, is correct and complete.
584
I understand that any false statement/information of consequence may lead to rejection of the application for the accreditation for a period of two or more years. I also understand that the National Board of Accreditation (NBA) or its subcommittees will have the right to decide on the basis of the submitted SAR whether the institution should be considered for an accreditation visit.
585
If the information provided in the SAR is found to be wrong during the visit or subsequent to grant of accreditation, the NBA has right to withdraw the grant of accreditation and no accreditation will be allowed for a period of next two years or more and the fee will be forfeited. I undertake that the institution shall cooperate with the visiting accreditation team, shall provide all desired information during the visit and arrange for the meeting as required for accreditation as per the NBAs provision.
586
I undertake that, the institution is well aware of the provisions in the NBAs accreditation manual concerned for this application, rules, regulations and notifications in force as on date and the institute shall fully abide by them.
Place: Date: Signature, Name, and Designation of the Head of the Institution with seal
587
12. GUIDELINES AND OPERATING PRACTICES FOR ACCREDITATION VISIT AND EVALUATION FOR UG ENGINEERING PROGRAMMES (TIER-I) JANUARY, 2013
588
Points
5
15
1.2.1. Listing and articulation of the program educational objectives of the program under accreditation (2) 1.2.2. Description of media (e.g. websites, curricula books) in which the PEOs are published and how these are disseminated among stakeholders (2) 1.2.3. Listing of stakeholders of the program under consideration for accreditation and articulation of their relevance (1) 1.2.4. Description of the process that documents and demonstrates periodically that the PEOs are based on the needs of the programs stakeholders (5) 1.2.5. Description as to how the Program Educational Objectives are consistent with the Mission of the department (5)
590
1.3. Achievement 30 1.3.1. Description of the of Program broad curricular Educational components that Objectives
contribute towards the attainment of the Program Educational Objectives (15) 1.3.2. Description of the committees and their functions, working processes and related regulations (15)
591
40 1.4.1. Description of the assessment process that documents and demonstrates periodically the degree to which the Program Educational Objectives are attained (10) Information on: (a) listing and description of the assessment processes used to gather the data upon which the evaluation of each program educational objective is based. Examples of data collection processes may include, but are not limited to, employer surveys, graduate surveys, focus groups, industrial advisory committee meetings, or other processes that are relevant and appropriate to the program; (b) The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried out (15)
592
1.5.
Indicate 10 1.5.1. Articulation with how PEOs rationale as to how the have results of the been evaluation of the PEOs redefined have been used to review/redefine the PEOs (10)
594
CRITERION 2: Program Outcomes 225 TIER II : (150) Minimum qualifying points: 135 TIER II : ( - )
Item Item Points no. description 2.1. Definition and Validation of Course Outcomes and Program Outcomes 30 Evaluation guidelines/ award of points
2.1.1.Listing of the course outcomes of the courses in program curriculum and program outcomes of the program under accreditation (2) 2.1.2. Description of media (e.g. websites, curricula books) in which the POs are published and how these are disseminated among stakeholders (3) 595
2.1.3. Description of the process that documents and demonstrates periodically that the POs are defined in alignment with the graduate attributes prescribed by the NBA (5) 2.1.4. Details as to how the POs defined for the program are aligned with the Graduate Attributes of the NBA as articulated in the accreditation manual (10) 2.1.5. Correlation of the defined POs of the program with the PEOs (10)
596
40 2.2.1. Correlation
outcomes outcomes. The strength of the correlation is to be indicated. (10) 2.2.2. Description of the different course delivery methods/modes (e.g. lecture interspersed with discussion, asynchronous mode of interaction, group discussion, project etc.) used to deliver the courses and justify the effectiveness of these methods for the attainment of the POs. This may be further justified using the indirect assessment methods such as course-end surveys. (10) 597
2.2.3. Description of different types of course assessment and evaluation methods (both direct and indirect) in practice and their relevance towards the attainment of the POs. (10) 2.2.4. Justification of the balance between theory and practical for the attainment of the PEOs and the POs. Justify how the various project works (a sample of 20% best and average projects from total projects) carried as part of the program curriculum contribute towards the attainment of the POs. (10) 598
2.3.
of the Evaluation processes that documents and demonstrates periodically the degree to which the Program Outcomes are being attained. (25) 2.3.2. Information on: (a) listing and description of the evaluation processes used to gather the data upon which the evaluation of each program educational objective is based. Examples of data collection processes may include, but are not limited to, specific exam questions, student portfolios, internally developed evaluation exams, senior project presentations, nationallynormed exams, oral exams, focus groups, industrial advisory committee and (b) the frequency with which these assessment processes are carried out (50) 599
2.3.3. Information on: a) The expected level of attainment for each of the program outcomes; b) Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis illustrating the extent to which each of the program outcomes are attained; and c) How the results are documented and maintained (50)
600
2.4. Use of 30 2.4.1. Articulation with rationale the evaluation curricular improvements results brought in after the review of towards the attainment of the POs (5) improvem 2.4.2. Articulation with rationale the ent of the curricular delivery and program evaluation improvements outcomes
brought in after the review of the attainment of the POs (10) 2.4.3. Articulation with rationale how the results of the evaluation of the POs have been used to review/redefine the POs in line with the Graduate Attributes of the NBA (15) 601
75 TIER II : ( - )
3.1.1. Structure of the curriculum (5) 3.1.2. Drawing of the schematic of the prerequisites of the courses in the curriculum (5) 3.1.3. Evidence that program curriculum satisfies the applicable program criteria specified by the appropriate American professional associations such as ASME, IEEE and ACM (10) 602
3.2. Curriculum
15
Core engineering courses and their relevance to Program Outcomes including design experience
60
3.2.1.Detailing of program curriculum grouping based on different components and their relevance to program outcomes (15) 3.3.1. Core engineering subjects and their relevance to program outcomes (10) 3.3.2. Description as to how core engineering courses in the program curriculum helps in solving complex engineering problems (50)
603
3.4. Industry
10
interaction/ internship
3.4.1. Details of industrys involvement in the program such as industry-attached laboratories and partial delivery of courses and internship opportunities for students (10)
3.5. Curriculum
15
Develop ment
3.5.1. Description of the process that periodically documents and demonstrates periodically how the program curriculum is evolved considering the PEOs and the POs (5) 3.5.2. Details of the process involved in identifying the requirement for improvements in courses and curriculum and provide the evidence of continuous improvement of courses and curriculum (10)
3.6.1. Syllabus for each course and also provide the details of the syllabi format (5)
3.6. Course
Syllabi
604
4.2
Academic performance
20
20
points = 20
Where x = No. of students placed, y = No. of students admitted for the higher studies. N = No. of students admitted in the first year and students admitted via lateral entry in that batch
606
4.4.
Professional activities
15
4.4.1. Professional societies / chapters and organising engineering events (3) 4.4.2. Organisation of paper contests, design contests, etc., and their achievements (3) 4.4.3. Publication of technical magazines, newsletters. etc. (3) 4.4.4. Entrepreneurship initiatives, product designs, innovations (3) 4.4.5. Publications and awards in inter-institute events. (3)
607
CRITERION 5: Faculty Contributions 175 TIER II : (175) Minimum qualifying points: 105 TIER II : (105)
Item no. Item description Points Evaluation guidelines/ award of points
5.1.
20
Assessment = 20 x 15/STR; subject to max. assessment at 20 Where, STR = (x + y + z)/N1 x = No. of students in 2nd year of the program y = No. of students in 3rd year of the program z = No. of students in 4th year of the program N1 = Total no. of faculty members in the program (considering the fractional load)
608
20 Assessment = 20 x CRI Cadre Ratio Index (CRI) = 2.25(2x + y)/N; based on 1:2:6 subject to max. CRI = 1.0 X = No. of professors in the program Y = No. of associate professors in the program 30 Assessment = 6 x FQI Faculty qualification index (FQI) = (10x + 6y + 2z0)/N2 where, x + y + z0 N2, z0 Z X = No. of faculty members with PhD Y = No. of faculty members with M.E/M.tech. Z = No. of faculty members with B.E/B.tech.
609
to meet the applicable program criteria specified by the appropriate American professional association such as ASME, IEEE and ACM 5.4.2. Listing of the program specific criteria and the competencies (specialisation, research publications, course developments etc. of faculty to correlate the program specific criteria and competencies)
610
5.5. Faculty as 15 Participant/resource person in two participan week faculty development program. (5) ts/resourc e persons Participant/resource person in one in faculty week faculty development program (3) developm Assessment = 3 x SUM / N ent/traini ng activities 5.6. Faculty 15 Assessment = 4 x RPI/N retention Retention Point Index (RPI) = Sum of the retention points to all faculty members One retention point for each year of experience at the institution, subject to maximum five points to a faculty member.
611
5.7. Faculty 20 Faculty points in Research Publications (FRP) Research Assessment of FRP = 4 x (Sum of the research Publications publication points scored by each faculty member)/N
(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five research publication points, each year, depending upon the quality of the research papers published in the past three years.) The research papers considered are those (i) which can be located on internet and/or are included in hard copy volumes/proceedings, published by well known publishers, and (ii) the faculty members affiliation, in the published paper, is of the current institution.
612
10 Faculty points in IPR (FIPR) Assessment of FIPR = 2 (Sum of the FIPR points scored by each faculty member)/N
(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five FIPR points each year. IPR includes awarded national/international patents, books, and copyrights
613
20
Faculty Points in R&D and consultancy work (FRDC) Assessment of R&D and consultancy projects = 4(Sum of FRDC by each faculty member)/N Instruction: A faculty member gets maximum five points, each year, depending upon the amount of the funds and/or the contributions made. A suggestive scheme is given below for a minimum amount of Rs.1.0 lakh: Five points for funding by national agency Four points for funding by state agency Four points for funding by private sector Two points for funding by the sponsoring trust/society
614
5.10.
Faculty 10 Faculty Interaction Points (FIP) interacti assessment on with outside = 2(Sum of FIP by each faculty world member)/N
615
45 TIER II : ( 75)
20
6.1.2. Adequate number of rooms for lectures (Core / electives), seminars, tutorial, etc., for the program (10) 6.1.3. Teaching aids multimedia projectors, etc. (5) 6.1.4. Acoustics, classroom size, conditions of chairs/benches, air circulation, lighting, exits, ambience, and such other amenities/facilities (5)
616
6.2.1.Availability of individual faculty rooms (5) 6.2.2.Room equipped with white / black board, computer, Internet, and other such amenities/ facilities (5) 6.2.3.Usage of room for discussion / counselling with students (5)
617
6.3. Laboratori es in the departme nt to meet the curricular requireme nts and the POs
25
equipped laboratories to run all the program-specific curriculum (10) 6.3.2. Availability of computing facilities for the department exclusively (5) 6.3.3. Availability of laboratories with technical support within and beyond working hours (5) 6.3.4. Equipments to run experiments and their maintenance, number of students per experimental setup, size of the laboratories, overall ambience, etc. (5) 618
6.4. Technical 15 6.4.1.Availability of adequate manpower and qualified technical support supporting staff for
(5)
619
CRITERION 7: Academic Support Units and Teaching Learning Process 75 TIER II : (75) Minimum qualifying points: 45 TIER II : (45)
Item no. 7.1. Item Points description Academic Support Units 35 Evaluation guidelines/ award of points 7.1.1. Assessment of First Year Student Teacher Ratio (FYSTR) (10) 7.1.2. Assessment of Faculty Qualification Teaching First Year Common Courses (15) 7.1.3. Adequacy of space, number of students per batch, quality and availability of measuring instruments, laboratory manuals, list of experiments Basic science and Engineering Laboratory (8) 7.1.4. Adequacy of space, number of students per batch, software types and quality of instruments Language Laboratory (2)
620
40 7.2.1.Tutorial
classes to address student questions : size of tutorial classes, hours per subject in timetable (5) 7.2.2. Mentoring system to help at individual levels (5) 7.2.3.Feedback analysis and reward / corrective measures taken, if any (5) 7.2.4. Scope for self-learning (5) 7.2.5.Generation of self-learning facilities, and availability of materials for learning beyond syllabus (5) 7.2.6.Career Guidance, Training, Placement, and Entrepreneurship Cell (5) 7.2.7.Co-curricular and extra-curricular activities (5) 7.2.8.Games and sports, facilities, and qualified sports instructors (5)
621
CRITERION 8: Governance, Institutional Support and Financial Resources 75 TIER II : (75) Minimum qualifying points: 45 TIER II : (45)
Item no. 8.1. Item description Campus infrastructur e and facility
Points
10
8.1.1. Maintenance of academic infrastructure and facilities (4) 8.1.2. Hostel (boys and girls), transportation facility and canteen (2) 8.1.3. Electricity, power backup, telecom facility, drinking water, and security (4)
622
10
8.2.1.Governing body, administrative setup, and functions of various bodies (2) 8.2.2. Defined rules, procedures, recruitment, and promotional policies, etc. (2) 8.2.3. Decentralisation in working and grievance redressal system (3) 8.2.4. Transparency and availability of correct/ unambiguous information (3)
623
8.3.
10
8.4.
10
8.3.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (4) 8.3.2. Utilisation of allocated funds (5) 8.3.3. Availability of detailed audited statements of all the receipts and expenditures publicly (1) 8.4.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (5) 8.4.2. Utilisation of allocated funds (5)
624
8.5.
Library 20 8.5.1. Library space and ambience, timings and usage, availability of a qualified librarian and other staff, library automation, online access, and networking (5) 8.5.2. Titles and volumes per title (4) 8.5.3.Scholarly journal subscriptions (3) 8.5.4. Digital library (3) 8.5.5. Library expenditure on books, magazines / journals, and miscellaneous contents (5)
625
8.6. Internet
05
8.6.1. Sufficient and effective internet access facility with security and privacy (5) 8.7.1. Checks for wiring and electrical installations for leakage and earthing (1) 8.7.2. Fire-fighting measurements : Effective safety arrangements with emergency/ multiple exits and ventilation/exhausts in auditoriums and large classrooms/ labs, fire-fighting equipments and training, availability of water and such other facilities (1) 8.7.3. Safety of civil structures/ buildings/ catwalk/ hostels, etc. (1) 8.7.4. Handling of hazardous chemicals and such other hazards (2) 626
05
05
8.8.1. Availability of counselling facility (1) 8.8.2. Arrangement for emergency medical care (2) 8.8.3. Availability of first-aid unit (2)
627
(100)
45
TIER II : ( - )
Evaluation guidelines
9.1.1. Points must be awarded in proportion to the average improvement in computed SI (in 4.1) over three years. 9.2.1. Points must be awarded in proportion to the average improvement in computed API (in 4.2) over three years.
628
9.3. Improvem 5 9.3.1. Points must be awarded in ent in STR proportion to the average improvement in computed STR (in 5.1) over three years. 9.4. Enhancem 5 9.4.1. Points must be awarded in ent of proportion to the average Faculty improvement in computed Qualificati FQI (in 5.3) over three on Index years.
629
9.5. Improvemen 10 9.5.1. Points must be awarded in t in faculty proportion to the combined research average improvement in publication, computed FRP (in 5.7) and FRDC R&D, and (5.9) over three years. consultancy
9.6. Continuing education 10 9.6.1. Points must be awarded
in proportion to participation in continuing education (contributing to course modules and conducting and attending short-term courses and workshops) programs to gain and/or disseminate their knowledge in their areas of expertise
630
9.7. New
15 9.7.1. New facilities in terms of facility infrastructure/ created equipment/ facilities added to augment the program. 9.8. Overall 20 9.7.2. Points must be awarded improvem based on the strengths ent since and weaknesses last mentioned in the last accreditati accreditation visit, and on, if any, how those were otherwise, since addressed and/or efforts establishm made.
ent
631
13. COMPARISON OF TIER-1 & TIER-II EVALUATION GUIDELINES, NBA, JANUARY 2013
Criterion 1. VISION, MISSION AND PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) MINIMUM QUALIFYING POINTS (60%) 2. PROGRAM OUTCOMES
MINIMUM QUALIFYING POINTS (60%)
POINTS
TIER I
100
TIER II
75
60
45
225
135
150
632
Criterion
POINTS
TIER I
125 75 75 45 175
105
TIER II
125 100 60 175 105
633
3. PROGRAM CURRICULUM
MINIMUM QUALIFYING POINTS (60%)
4. STUDENTS PERFORMANCE
MINIMUM QUALIFYING POINTS (60%)
5. FACULTY CONTRIBUTIONS
MINIMUM QUALIFYING POINTS (60%)
POINTS
TIER I
75
TIER II
125
45
75 45
75
75
45
75
75
45
45
634
Criterion
9. CONTINUOUS
75
100
1000
IMPROVEMENT MINIMUM QUALIFYING POINTS (60%) TOTAL POINTS Accredited for 5 years 45 1000
Score 750 Score 750 And Minimum Points : And Minimum Points : 60% in each criterion 60% in criteria : 1, 4, 5,6,7,8
600 score <750 Eligible for the status of prospective candidate for accreditation
600 score <750 And Minimum Points : 60% in criteria : 1, 4, 5,6,7,8 Eligible for accreditation for two years
635
14. ACCREDITATION MANUAL, FOR PG ENGINEERING PROGRAMS, NATIONAL BOARD OF ACCREDITATION (NBA), TIER I, JANUARY 2013.
636
14.1 INTRODUCTION
The objective of the NBA is to assess and accredit professional programmes offered at various levels by the technical institutions on the basis of norms prescribed by the NBA. The NBA works very closely with stakeholders (faculty, educational institutions, government, industries, regulators, management, recruiters, alumni, students and their parents) to ensure that the programmes serve to prepare their graduates with sound knowledge of fundamentals and to develop in them an adequate level of professional competence, such as would meet the needs of the engineering profession locally as well as globally. 637
NBAs Vision:
To be an accrediting agency of international repute by ensuring the highest degree of credibility in assurance of quality and relevance of professional education and come to the expectations of its stakeholders, viz., academicians, corporate, educational institutions, government, industry, regulators, students, and their parents.
638
NBAs Mission:
To stimulate the quality of teaching, self evaluation, and accountability in the higher education system, which help institutions realise their academic objectives and adopt teaching practices that enable them to produce high- quality professionals and to assess and accredit the programmes offered by the colleges or the institutions, or both, imparting technical and professional education.
639
The main objectives of the NBA are to: a) assess and grade colleges and/or institutions of technical and professional education, the courses and programmes offered by them, their various units, faculty, departments etc., b) stimulate the academic environment and quality of teaching and research in these institutions, c) contribute to the sphere of knowledge in its discipline ,
640
d) motivate colleges and/or institutions of technical and professional education for research, and adopt teaching practices that groom their students for the innovation and development of leadership qualities, e) encourage innovation, self-evaluation and accountability in higher education, f) promote necessary changes, innovation and reforms in all aspects of the working of the colleges / institutions of technical and professional education for the above purpose , and g) help institutions to realise their academic objectives.
641
14.3. ACCREDITATION
Accreditation is a process of quality assurance and improvement, whereby a programme in an institution is critically appraised to verify that the institution or the programme continues to meet and exceed the norms and standards prescribed by the appropriate designated authorities. Accreditation does not seek to replace the system of award of degree and diplomas by the universities/autonomous institutions.
642
But, accreditation provides quality assurance that the academic aims and objectives of the institution are honestly pursued, and effectively achieved by the resources available, and that the institution has demonstrated capabilities of ensuring effectiveness of the educational programmes over the validity period of accreditation. NBA accreditation is a quality assurance scheme for higher technical education.
643
In the TIER I document : Criteria based on outcome parameters have been given more weightage. In the TIER II document : The weightage for criteria based on outcome parameters has been reduced. thereby enhancing the weightage of the output-based criteria. However, a non-autonomous institution may also apply for accreditation on the basis of TIER I document, if they feel that their curriculum is capable of attaining the desired outcomes of a program.
645
To attain international recognition of accredited degrees awarded. To facilitate the mobility of graduated students and professionals.
647
An engineering programme to be accredited or re-accredited has to satisfy all the criteria during the full term of accreditation. The educational institution should periodically review the strengths and weaknesses of the programme and seek to improve standards and quality continually, and to address deficiencies, if any aspect falls short of the standards set by the accreditation criteria.
During the full term of accreditation, the institutions are required to submit their annual self-assessment report to eNBA online.
649
CRITERION 1 VISION, MISSION AND PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) Each engineering programme to be accredited or re-accredited should have: i. Published department vision and mission, and programme educational objectives that are consistent with the mission of the educational institution as well as criteria 2 to 9 listed below, and ii. The PEOs should be assessable and realistic within the context of the committed resources.
650
The comprehensive list of various stakeholders of the programme, who have been involved in the process of defining and redefining the PEOs, is to be provided. While framing the PEOs, the following factors are to be considered: The PEOs should be consistent with the mission of the institution. All the stakeholders should participate in the process of framing the PEOs. The number of PEOs should be manageable.
651
PEOs should be based on the needs of the stakeholders. PEOs should be achievable by the programme. PEOs should be specific to the programme and not too broad. PEOs should not be too narrow and similar to the POs. For example, the PEOs of an academic programme might read like this: Statement of areas or fields in which the graduates find employment Preparedness of graduates to take up higher studies.
652
The programme shall provide how and where the department vision and mission and the PEOs have been published and disseminated. It should also describe the process that documents and demonstrates periodically that the PEOs are based on the needs of the stakeholders of the programme. The programme shall demonstrate how the PEOs are aligned with the mission of the department / institution. The PEOs are reviewed periodically based on feedback of the programmes various stakeholders.
653
For this purpose, there should be in place a process to identify and document relationships with stakeholders (including students) and their needs, which have to be adequately addressed when reviewing programme curriculum and processes. Justifications shall be provided as to how the composition of the programme curriculum contributes towards the attainment of the PEOs defined for the programme.
654
Also, it is expected to expound how the administrative system helps the programme in ensuring the attainment of the PEOs. There should be enough evidence and documentation to show the achievement of the PEOs set by the institution with the help of the assessment (indicate tools and how they are used) and evaluation process that have been developed. . Also, show that this continuous process leads to the revision or refinement of the PEOs. The institute shall provide the required information for assessment, evaluation and review methods to evaluate the attainment of the PEOs as per the format given in the SAR. 655
1. Scholarship of Knowledge:
Acquire in-depth knowledge of specific discipline or professional area, including wider and global perspective, with an ability to discriminate, evaluate, analyse and synthesise existing and new knowledge, and integration of the same for enhancement of knowledge.
2. Critical Thinking
Analyse complex engineering problems critically, apply independent judgement for synthesising information to make intellectual and/or creative advances for conducting research in a wider theoretical, practical and policy context.
657
3. Problem Solving Think laterally and originally, conceptualise and solve engineering problems, evaluate a wide range of potential solutions for those problems and arrive at feasible, optimal solutions after considering public health and safety, cultural, societal and environmental factors in the core areas of expertise. 4. Research Skill Extract information pertinent to unfamiliar problems through literature survey and experiments, apply appropriate research methodologies, techniques and tools, design, conduct experiments, analyse and interpret data, demonstrate higher order skill and view things in a broader perspective, contribute individually/in group(s) to the development of scientific/ technological knowledge in one or more 658 domains of engineering.
5. Usage of modern tools Create, select, learn and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools, including prediction and modelling, to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations. 6. Collaborative and Multidisciplinary work Possess knowledge and understanding of group dynamics, recognise opportunities and contribute positively to collaborative - multidisciplinary scientific research, demonstrate a capacity for selfmanagement and teamwork, decision-making based on open-mindedness, objectivity and rational analysis in order to achieve common goals and further the learning of themselves as well as others. 659
7. Project Management and Finance Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering and management principles and apply the same to ones own work, as a member and leader in a team, manage projects efficiently in respective disciplines and multidisciplinary environments after considerisation of economical and financial factors. 8. Communication Communicate with the engineering community, and with society at large, regarding complex engineering activities confidently and effectively, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation by adhering to appropriate standards, make effective presentations, and give 660 and receive clear instructions.
9. Life-long Learning Recognise the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in life-long learning independently, with a high level of enthusiasm and commitment to improve knowledge and competence continuously. 10. Ethical Practices and Social Responsibility Acquire professional and intellectual integrity, professional code of conduct, ethics of research and scholarship, consideration of the impact of research outcomes on professional practices and an understanding of responsibility to contribute to the community for sustainable development of society. 11. Independent and Reflective Learning Observe and examine critically the outcomes of ones actions and make corrective measures subsequently, and learn from mistakes without depending on external 661 feedback.
The POs formulated for each PG programme by the institute must be consistent with the NBAs Graduate Attributes. The POs must foster the attainment of the PEOs. The programme shall indicate the process involved in defining and redefining the POs. It shall also provide how and where the POs are published and disseminated. It should also describe the process that periodically documents and demonstrates that the POs are based on the needs of the stakeholders of the programme.
662
The extent to which and how the POs are aligned with the Graduate Attributes (PG) prescribed by the NBA shall be provided. The correlation between the POs and the PEOs is to be provided as per the format given in the SAR in order to establish the contribution of the POs towards the attainment of the PEOs. Precise illustrations of how course outcomes, modes of delivery of the courses, assessment tools are used to assess the impact of course delivery / course content, and laboratory and project/thesis work are contributing towards attainment of the POs shall be given by the programme.
663
The attainment of POs may be assessed by direct and indirect methods. Direct methods of assessment are essentially accomplished by the direct examination or observation of students knowledge or skills against measurable performance indicators. On the other hand, indirect methods of assessment are based on ascertaining opinion or self-report.
664
Rubric is a useful tool for indirect assessment. A rubric basically articulates the expectations for students performance. It is a set of criteria for assessing students work or performance.
665
Rubric is particularly suited to program outcomes that are complex or not easily quantifiable for which there are no clear right or wrong answers or which are not evaluated with the standardised tests or surveys. For example, assessment of writing, oral communication, or critical thinking often require rubrics. The development of different rubrics and the achievement of the outcomes need to be clearly stated in the SAR.
666
The results of assessment of each PO shall be indicated as they play a vital role in implementing the Continuous Improvement Process of the programme. The institute shall provide the ways and means of how the results of assessment of the POs improve the programme in terms of curriculum, course delivery and assessment methods and processes of revising/redefining the Pos.
667
CRITERION 3 PROGRAMME CURRICULUM Programme curriculum that leads to the attainment of PEOs and Pos must be designed. The programme shall provide how its curriculum is designed, published, and disseminated. The structure of the curriculum is to be provided as per the illustrative format given in SAR. The course syllabi for each course shall be provided, as per the syllabus format given in the SAR in the appendix.
668
Each PG programme should cover general and specialised professional content of adequate breadth and depth, and should also include appropriate components in the Sciences and Humanities. The relevance of curriculum components including core engineering courses to the POs shall be given. The institute shall describe how the core engineering subjects/thesis work in the curriculum add to the research experience in solving the complex engineering problems.
669
The institution shall provide evidence for details of Research and Development (R&D) organisations and industry involvement in the programme such as industry-attached laboratories and partial delivery of courses and internship opportunities for students. The institution must ensure that the programme curriculum that was developed at the time of inception of the programme has been refined in the subsequent years to make it consistent with the PEOs and POs.
The institute shall provide the required information for assessment, evaluation and review methods to evaluate the attainment of the 670 COs.
(iii) The educational institution must provide student support services including counselling/tutoring / mentoring. (iv) The institute shall provide the required information for three complete academic years for admission intake (GATE / State level PG entrance / others) in the programme, success rate, academic performance, placement and higher studies and professional activities as per the format given in the SAR. However, it shall provide the information in a suitable format, wherever necessary, in case the format is not provided in the SAR.
672
(iii) The number of faculty members must be sufficiently large in proportion to the number of students, so as to provide adequate levels of facultystudent interaction. In any educational programme, it is essential to have adequate levels of teacher-student interaction, which is possible only if there are enough teachers, or in this case, faculty members.
674
(iv) The faculty must be actively involved in research and development. The programme must support, encourage and maintain such R&D activities. A vibrant research and development culture is important for any academic programme.
It provides curriculum.
new
knowledge
to
the
The students education is enriched by being part of such a culture, for it cultivates skills and habits for life-long learning and knowledge on contemporary issues.
675
(v) The academic freedom to steer and run the programme will be in the hands of members of the faculty. This includes the rights over evaluation and assessment processes and decisions on programme involvement. They should also engage themselves in the process of accreditation for the continuous improvement of the PEOs and the POs.
676
(vi) The faculty must have sound educational qualifications, and must be actively updating knowledge in their respective areas of interest. It is desirable that the members of the faculty possess adequate industrial experience, and be drawn from diverse backgrounds. In terms of teaching, the faculty must possess experience, be able to communicate effectively, and be enthusiastic about programme improvement. For courses relating to design, the faculty members in charge of the course must have good design experience and participate in professional societies. 677
(vii) The institute shall provide the required information for three complete academic years for Student-Teacher Ratio (STR), Faculty Cadre Ratio, faculty qualifications, faculty retention, Faculty Research Publications (FRP), Faculty Intellectual Property Rights (FIPR), Funded R&D Projects and Consultancy (FRDC), faculty interaction with outside world, faculty competence correlation with program curriculum and faculty as participants / resource persons in training and development activities as per the format given in the SAR. However, it shall provide the information in a suitable format, wherever necessary, in case 678 the format is not provided in the SAR.
(i) The institution must provide adequate infrastructural facilities to support the achievement of the course as well as programme outcomes. Classrooms, tutorial rooms, meeting rooms, seminar halls, conference hall, faculty rooms and state-of-the-art laboratories for conducting applied and advance research must be adequately furnished to provide an environment conducive to learning.
679
Modern teaching aids such as digital interactive boards, multimedia projectors etc., should be in place to facilitate the teaching-learning process so that course and programme outcomes can be achieved.
680
(ii)The laboratories must be equipped with computing resources, equipments, and tools relevant to the programme. The equipments of the laboratories should be properly maintained, upgraded and utilised so that the students can attain the programme outcomes.
681
There should be an adequate number of qualified technical supporting staff to provide appropriate guidance for the students for using the equipment, tools, computers, and laboratories.
The institution must provide scope for the technical staff for upgrading their skills and professional advancement.
682
(iii) The institute shall provide the required information for class rooms in the department, faculty rooms in the department, laboratories for conducting applied and advanced research in the department to meet the curriculum requirements as well as the POs, and technical manpower in the department as per the format given in the SAR. However, it shall provide the information in a suitable format wherever necessary, in case the format has not been provided in the SAR.
683
(i) The programme must employ effective teaching-learning processes. The modes of teaching used, such as lecture, tutorial, seminar, teacherstudent interaction outside class, peergroup discussion, or a combination of two or more of these, must be designed and implemented so as to facilitate and encourage learning.
684
Practical skills, such as the ability to operate computers and other technologically advanced machinery, must be developed through hands-on laboratory work. (ii) The effectiveness of the teaching-learning processes must be evaluated on a regular basis. The evaluation, besides reviewing the above mentioned factors, must also look at whether the academic calendar, the number of instructional days and contact hours per week, are maximally conducive to teaching and learning.
685
Student feedback on various aspects of the process must be carefully considered as well. Internal reviews of quality assurance procedures should be carried out periodically. III. The institute shall provide the required information for teaching and evaluation process of courses and thesis work, feedback system, self-learning, career guidance, training, placement and entrepreneurship cell and cocurricular and extra-curricular activities as per the format given in the SAR. However, it shall provide the information in a suitable format, wherever necessary, in case the format is not provided in the SAR.
686
(i) The governance structure of the programme must clearly assign authority and responsibility for the formulation and implementation of policies that enable the programme to fulfill its mission. The programme must possess the financial resources necessary to fulfill its mission and the PEOs.
687
In particular, there must be sufficient resources to attract and retain wellqualified staff, and to provide them with opportunities for continuous development and career growth. The programmes budgetary planning process must also provide for the acquisition, repair, maintenance and replacement of physical facilities and equipment. (ii) The educational institution must have a comprehensive and up-to-date library and extensive educational, technological facilities.
688
(iii) The institute shall provide the required information for campus infrastructure and facility, organisation, governance and transparency, budget allocation (provide separately for R&D activities), incubation centre and public accounting (for both institutions and programme), library, internet, safety norms and checks, counseling, and emergency medical care and first-aid as per the format given in the SAR. However, it shall provide the information in a suitable format, wherever necessary in case the format is not provided in SAR.
689
The institute shall provide the required information for improvement in the success index of students, improvement in academic performance index of students, improvement in student-teacher ratio, enhancement of faculty qualifications index, improvement in faculty research publications, R&D and consultancy work, continuing education, curricular improvement based on the review of attainment of the PEOs, and the POs, course delivery and assessment improvement
691
based on the review of the attainment of the PEOs, and the POs, new facility created, and overall improvement since last accreditation, if any, otherwise since the commencement of the programme, as per the format given in the SAR. However, it shall provide the information in a suitable format, wherever necessary, in case the format is not provided in the SAR.
692
The accreditation process, whether for a first accreditation or re-accreditation, broadly involves the following activities. The institute shall submit the Self Assessment Report (SAR) which contains the required information in the prescribed format. The NBA shall appoint an Evaluation Team to assess the SAR. The Evaluation Team shall make an onsite accreditation visit and it shall prepare an evaluation report based on its findings.
694
The Evaluation Team shall share the strengths and weaknesses of the programme/institute with the members of the institution vis--vis accreditation process during the exit meeting. The evaluation report will be placed before the EAC for its recommendations. The recommendations of the EAC will be submitted to the EC for its final decision vis--vis granting accreditation. The NBA shall inform the outcome of accreditation to the institution.
695
Provide relevant data for the past three years, unless specified otherwise in the respective programme manual. The documents should be submitted as hard copy in a soft bound form and mailed to the NBA, New Delhi. The soft copy should be uploaded on the NBA website. DONTs: Dont send the following objects with the SAR: Original documents Publications such as books, journals, newsletters, thesis, etc.
697
(i) Outcome of the education provided; (ii) Quality assurance processes, including internal reviews; (iii) Assessment; (iv) Activities and work of the students; (v) Entry standards and selection for admission of students; (vi) Motivation and enthusiasm of faculty; (vii) Qualifications and activities of faculty members; (viii) Infrastructure facilities; (ix) Laboratory facilities; (x) Library facilities; (xi) Industry participation; (xii) Organisation
699
In order to assist the Evaluation Team in its assessment, the educational institution should arrange for the following: Discussions with a) The Head of the institute/Dean/Heads of Department (HOD)/Programme and course coordinators b) A member of the management (to discuss how the programme fits into the overall strategic direction and focus of the institution, and management support for continued funding and development of the programme) c) Faculty members d) Alumni (sans Alma Maters) e) Students 700 f) parents
(ii) Availability of the following exhibits a) Profile of faculty involved in the programme b) Evidence that the results of assessment of course outcomes and programme outcomes are being applied to the review and ongoing improvement of programme effectiveness c) List of publications, consultancy and sponsored/funded research projects by programme faculty d) Sample materials for theory and laboratory courses e) Sample test / semester examination question papers for all courses
701
f) Sample of test/semester examination answer scripts, projects, assignments, (including at least one excellent, one good and one marginal pass for each examination) question papers and evidences related to assessment tools for COs and POs g) Student records of three immediate batches of graduates h) Sample project and design reports (excellent, good and marginal pass) by students i) Sample student feedback form j) Sample for industry-institute interaction k) Results of quality assurance reviews
702
l) Records of employment/higher studies of graduates m) Records of academic support and other learning activities n) Any other documents that the Evaluation Team/NBA may request. (iii) Visits to a) Classrooms b) Laboratories pertaining to the programme c) Central and department library d) Computer centre e) Hostel and dispensary
703
The Evaluation Team should conduct an exit meeting with the Management Representative, the Head of the institute, the Head of Department and other key officials at the end of the on-site visit to present its findings (strengths, weaknesses, and scope for the improvement). The institution will be given a chance to withdraw one or more programmes from the process of accreditation. In this case, the Head of the institution will have to submit the withdrawal in writing to the Chairperson of the Evaluation Team during the exit meeting.
704
15. NATIONAL BOARD OF ACCREDIATION FORMAT FOR SELF ASSESSMENT REPORT (SAR) FOR ACCREDITATION OF PG ENGINEERING PROGRAMMES (TIER-I) JANUARY, 2013
705
PART A
I. INSTITUTIONAL INFORMATION I.1. Name and address of the institution and affiliating university: (Instruction: The name, address of the institution and the name of the university, which has given affiliation to this institution, are to be listed here.) I.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and email address of the contact person for the NBA: (Instruction: The name of the contact person, with other details, has to be listed here.)
706
I.3. History of the institution (including the date of introduction and number of seats of various programmes of study alongwith the NBA accreditation, if any) in a tabular form:
Year Description --------- Institution started with the following programmes (intake strength) --------- NBA accreditation visits and accreditation granted, if any --------- Addition of new programmes, increase in intake strength of the existing programs and/or accreditation status
(Instruction: History of the institution and its chronological development along with the past accreditation records need to be listed here.)
707
I.4. Ownership status: Govt. (central/state) / trust / society (Govt./NGO/private) / private/ other: (Instruction: Ownership status of the institute has to be listed here.) I.5. Mission and Vision of the Institution: (The institution needs to specify its Mission and Vision). I.6. Organisational Structure: Organisational chart showing the hierarchy of academics and administration is to be included I.7. Financial status: Govt. (central/state) / grants-inaid / not-for-profit / private self-financing / other: (Instruction: Financial status of the institute has to be mentioned here.)
708
I.8. Nature of the trust/ society: Also list other institutions/colleges run by the trust/society (Instruction: Way of functioning and activities of the trust/society has to be listed here.)
Name of the Institution Year Location
(Instruction: The different sources of the external funds over the last three financial years are to be listed here.)
709
(Instruction: The different sources of the internal funds over the last three financial years are to be listed here.) I.11 Scholarships or any other financial assistance provided to students (Instruction: If any scholarship or financial assistance is provided to the students, then the details of such assistance over the last three financial years has to be listed here. Also mention needs to be made of the basis for the award of such scholarship). 710
Details
Category Scholarship Assistance Amount
CFY
CFYm1
CFYm2
CFYm3
I.12 Basis/criterion for admission to the institution: All India entrance / statelevel entrance / university entrance / 12th standard mark sheet / others: (Instruction: The basis/criterion for student intake has to be listed here.)
711
CAYm1
CAYm2
CAYm3
Total number of other students, if any (Instruction: Total number of engineering students, both boys and girls, has to be listed here. The data may be categorised in a tabular form under graduate or post graduate engineering, or other programme, if applicable.)
712
I.14 Total number of employees (Instruction: Total number of employees, both men and women, has to be listed here. The data may be categorised in a tabular form as teaching and supporting staff.) Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll in the engineering institution, during the CAY and the previous CAYs (1st July to 30th June):
713
A. Regular Staff
CAY
Items Min Max M
CAYm1
CAYm2
CAYm3
Min Max
F
M
F
M F
(Instruction: Staff strength both teaching and nonteaching over the last three academic years has to be listed here.)
714
B. Contract Staff
CAY Items Min Max Teaching staff in Engineering M F M F Min Max Min Max Min Max CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3
M
F
715
Description
Started with ................seats in ............. Intake increased to ............. in ............. Intake increased to ............. in ............. ...................................... ......................................
716
PG in ..............
MCA..............
II.4 Mission and Vision of the Department (The department is required to specify its Mission and Vision). II.5 List of the programs / departments which share human resources and/or the facilities of these programs /departments (in %): (Instruction: The institution needs to mention the different programs being run in the department which share the human resources and facilities with this department / program being accredited.)
717
CAYm2 Min
CAYm3
II.8 Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in the CFYm1, CFYm2 and CFYm3 (for the Department)
Items Budg eted in CFY Actual expense s in CFY (till..) Budgeted in CFYm1 Actual BudgeExpens ted in es in CFYm2 CFYm1 Actual Budge- Actual Expens ted in Expens es in CFYm3 es in CFYm2 CFYm3
Total
719
III.4. History of the programme along with the NBA accreditation, if any:
Program
PG in.
Description
Started with ..seats in . Intake increased to .. In . Intake increased to in . Accredited in
III.5. Deficiencies, weaknesses/concerns from previous accreditations: III.6. Total number of students in the programme:
721
III.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff for current and three previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the programme :
CAY
Items Min Max
Teaching staff with the program Non-teaching staff
CAYm1
Min Max
CAYm2
Min
CAYm3
722
III.8 Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in the CFYm1, CFYm2 and CFYm3 (exclusively for this programme in the department):
Items Budge ted in CFY Actual Budgeexpenses ted in in CFY CFYm1 (till..) Actual BudgeExpens ted in es in CFYm2 CFYm1 Actual Budge- Actual Expens ted in Expens es in CFYm3 es in CFYm2 CFYm3
Travel
Miscellaneous expenses for academic activities
Total
723
PART B
CRITERION 1: VISION, MISSION AND PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (75)
1.1 Vision and Mission (5) 1.1.1 State the Vision and Mission of the institute and department (1) (List and articulate the vision and mission statements of the institute and department) 1.1.2 Indicate how and where the Vision and Mission are published and disseminated (2) (Describe in which media (e.g. websites, curricula, books) the vision and mission are published and how these are disseminated among stakeholders)
724
1.1.3 Mention the process for defining Vision and Mission of the department (2) (Articulate the process involved in defining the vision and mission of the department from the vision and mission of the institute). 1.2 Programme Educational Objectives (10) 1.2.1 Describe the Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) (1) (List and articulate the programme educational objectives of the programme under accreditation)
725
1.2.2 State how and where the PEOs are published and disseminated (1) (Describe in which media (e.g. websites, curricula, books) the PEOs are published and how these are disseminated among stakeholders.) 1.2.3 List the stakeholders of the programme (1) (List stakeholders of the programme under consideration for accreditation and articulate their relevance) 1.2.4 State the process for establishing the PEOs (3) (Describe the process that periodically documents and demonstrates that the PEOs are based on the needs of the programmes various stakeholders.)
726
1.2.5 Establish consistency of the PEOs with the Mission of the institute (4). (Describe how the programme educational objectives are consistent with the Mission of the department.) 1.3. Achievement of the Programme Educational Objectives (20) 1.3.1 Justify the academic factors involved in achievement of the PEOs (10) (Describe the broad curricular components that contribute towards achievement of the Programme Educational Objectives.)
727
1.3.2 Explain how administrative system helps in ensuring the achievement of the PEOs (10) (Describe the committees and their functions, working process and related regulations.) 1.4 Assessment of the achievement of Programme Educational Objectives (35)
1.4.1 Indicate tools and processes used in assessment of the achievement of the PEOs (5) Describe the assessment process that periodically documents and demonstrates the degree to which the Programme Educational Objectives are attained.
728
Also Include information on: a) A listing and description of the assessment processes used to gather the data upon which the evaluation of each programme educational objective is based. Example of data collection process may include, but are not limited to, employer surveys, graduate surveys, focus groups, industrial advisory committee meetings, or other processes that are relevant and appropriate to the programme; b) The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried out.
729
1.4.2 Provide the evidences for the achievement of the PEOs (30) a) The expected level of attainment for each of the programme educational objectives; b) Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis illustrating the extent to which each of the programme educational objective is being attained; and c) How the results are documented and maintained. 1.5. Indicate how the PEOs have been redefined in the past (5) (Articulate with rationale how the results of the evolution of PEOs have been used to review/redefine the PEOs) 730
2.1.3. Indicate processes employed for defining the POs (3) (Describe the process that periodically documents and demonstrates that the POs are defined in alignment with the graduate attributes prescribed by the NBA.) 2.1.4. Indicate how the defined POs are aligned to Graduate Attributes prescribed by the NBA (7) (Indicate how the POs defined for the programme are aligned with the Graduate Attributes of NBA as articulated in accreditation manual.) 2.1.5. Establish the correlation between the POs and the PEOs (8) (Explain how the defined POs of the programme 732 correlate with the PEOs)
2.2. Attainment of Programme Outcomes (75) 2.2.1. Illustrate how the course outcomes contribute to the POs (5) (Provide the correlation between the course outcomes and the programme outcomes. The strength of the correlation may also be indicated) 2.2.2. Explain how modes of delivery of courses help in attainment of the Pos (5) (Describe the different course delivery methods/ modes (e.g. lecture interspersed with discussion, asynchronous mode of interaction, group discussion, project etc.) used to deliver the courses and justify the effectiveness of these methods for the attainment of the POs. This may be further justified using the indirect assessment methods such as course-end surveys.) 733
2.2.3. Indicate how assessment tools used to assess the impact of delivery of course/course content contribute towards the attainment of course outcomes/programme outcomes (15) (Describe different types of course assessment and evaluation methods (both direct and indirect) in practice and their relevance towards the attainment of POs.) 2.2.4. Indicate the extent to which project work/thesis contributes towards attainment of the POs (50) (Justify how the project works/thesis works carried out as part of the programme curriculum contribute towards the attainment of the POs.)
734
Describe the assessment process that periodically documents and demonstrates the degree to which the Programme Outcomes are attained.
735
2.3.2. Indicate results of evaluation of each PO (100) c) The expected level of attainment for each of the program outcomes; d) Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis illustrating the extent to which each of the programme outcomes are attained; and e) How the results are documented and maintained. 2.4. Use of evaluation results towards improvement of the programme (30)
737
2.4.1.Indicate how the results of evaluation used for curricular improvements (5) (Articulate with rationale the curricular improvements brought in after the review of the attainment of the POs) 2.4.1.1. Indicate how results of evaluation used for improvement of course delivery and assessment (10) (Articulate with rationale the curricular delivery and assessment improvement brought in after the review of the attainment of the POs)
738
2.4.2. State the process used for revising/ redefining the POs (15) (Articulate with rationale how the results of the evaluation of POs have been used to review/redefine the POs in line with the Graduate Attributes of the NBA.)
739
3.1.2. Justify how the curricular structure helps for the attainment of the POs and the PEOs (10) (Articulate how the curricular structure helps in the attainment of each PO and PEO) 3.2. Indicate interaction with R&D organisations / Industry (40) (Give the details of R&D organisations and industry involvement in the programme such as industry-attached laboratories and partial 740 delivery of courses and internship opportunities for students)
3.4. Course Syllabi (5) (Include, in appendix, a syllabus for each course used. Syllabi format should be consistent and shouldnt exceed two pages.) The syllabi format may include: Department, course number, and title of course Designation as a required or elective course Pre-requisites Contact hours and type of course (lecture, tutorial, seminar, project etc.,.) Course Assessment methods (both continuous and semester-end assessment) Course outcomes Topics covered Text books, and/or reference material 742
Average percentage of seats filled through approved procedure = Average percentage of students admitted with valid GATE Score/PG entrance of state =
743
YEAR
API = Academic Performance Index = Average CGPA or Average Marks on a Scale of 10 (Compiled from the Graduation Records)
CAY CAYm1
CAYm2
CAYm3
Average API =
744
4.1.1 Number of seats filled through the admission procedure approved by the University (5) Assessment will be based on average percentage of seats filled through approved procedure and points awarded to be proportionate accordingly. Assessment = 4.1.2 Quality of students as judged from their complete graduation records (5) Assessment = 1.5 x Average API 4.1.3 Number of students admitted having a valid GATE score/PG entrance of state (5) Assessment = 10 x (Average percentage of students admitted with valid GATE score/PG entrance of state)
745
746
747
Item
LYG (CAYm4)
LYGm1 (CAYm5)
LYGm2 (CAYm6)
Approximating the API by the following mid-point analysis 9 < Number of students with CGPA < 10.0 0 0 0
18
42 36
29
63 28
7
28 17
5 101
7.72
1 121
7.4
3 55
7.17
748
749
(Instruction: The institution may complete this table for the calculation of the student-teacher ratio (STR). Teaching loads of the faculty member contributing to only undergraduate programme (2nd, 3rd, and 4th year) are considered to calculate the STR.)
751
U1
U2
U3
P1
P2
STR
Assessment
753
where, x
y z
=
= =
x
CAYm2 CAYm1
FQI
Assessment
CAY
Average Assessment
5.4. Faculty Competencies correlation to Programme Curriculum (15) (Indicate the faculty competencies (specialisation, research publication, course developments etc.) to 754 correlate the programme curriculum)
training activities (15) (Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five points for a participation/ resource person.) Participant/resource person in two week faculty development programme: 5 points Participant/resource person in one week faculty development programme: 3 points
Name of the faculty Max. 5 per faculty
CAYm2
CAYm1
CAY
Sum
N (Number of faculty positions required for an STR Assessment = 3 x Sum/N Average assessment
755
5.6
where points assigned to a faculty member = 1 point for each year of experience at the institute but not exceeding 5.
Item
Number of faculty members with experience < 1 year (x0) Number of faculty members with 1 to 2 years experience (x1) Number of faculty members with 2 to 3 years experience (x2) Number of faculty members with 3 to 4 years experience (x3) Number of faculty members with 4 to 5 years experience (x4) Number of faculty members with experience > 5 years (x5) N
CAYm2
CAYm1 CAY
(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five research publication points depending upon the quality of the research papers and books published in the past 3 years).
The research papers considered are those: (i) which can be located on Internet and/or are included in hard-copy volumes/ proceedings, published by reputed publishers, and (ii) the faculty members affiliation, in the published papers/books, is of the current institution.
757
Include a list of all such publications and IPRs along with details of DOI, publisher, month/year, etc.
Name of the faculty (contributing to FRP)
FRP points (Max. 5 per faculty) CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
Points to be awarded, for those activities, which result in joint efforts in publication of books/research paper, pursuing externally funded R&D / consultancy projects and / or development of semester-long course / teaching modules.
Name of faculty member (contributing to FIP)
................. ................. Sum N Assessment of FIP = 3 x Sum/N Average Assessment
762
FIP points
CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
Description of class rooms, faculty rooms, seminar and conference halls: (Entries in the following table are sampler entries).
Room Description Usage Shared / Capacity Rooms Exclusive Equipped with PC, Internet, Book rack, meeting space
No. of Classrooms: Tutorial rooms: No. of Seminar rooms: No. of Meeting rooms: No. of Faculty rooms:
763
6.1. Classrooms in the Department (15) 6.1.1 Adequate number of rooms for lectures (core/ electives), seminars, tutorials, etc for the program (5) (Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table.) 6.1.2 Teaching aids multimedia projectors, etc. (5) 6.1.3 Acoustics, classroom size, conditions of
chairs/benches, air circulation, lighting, exits, ambiance, and such other amenities/facilities (5)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table and the inspection thereof.)
764
6.2
6.2.2 Room equipped with white/black board, computer, Internet, and such other amenities/facilities (5) (Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table.)
765
766
6.3.
Laboratories in the Department to meet the Programme Curriculum Requirements and the POs (30)
6.3.1 Adequate, well equipped laboratories to meet the curriculum requirements and the POs (10) (Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table.) 6.3.2 Availability of department (5) computing facilities in the
6.3.3. Availability of research facilities to conduct project works/thesis work (5) (Articulate the facilities provided to carry out the project works/thesis).
6.3.4. Availability of laboratories with technical support within and beyond working hours (5)
(Instruction : Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table.) 6.3.5. Equipment to run experiments and their maintenance, number of students per experimental setup, size of the laboratories, overall ambience, etc. (5) (Instruction: Assessment based on the information 768 provided in the preceding table.)
Date of Joining
Qualification
At Joining
Now
Respon sibility
6.4.1 Availability of adequate and qualified technical supporting staff for programme-specific labs (10)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table.) 6.4.2 Incentives, skill upgrade and professional advancement (5) (Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table.)
769
7.1.3 Performance and Feedback (3) Assessment is based upon effective implementation of the following activities: Post-semester feedback to students on their performance Extra care for poor performers and remedial classes Comparison of mid and end semester performance Relevant data may be inserted here Assessment = 7.1.4 Mechanism for addressing evaluation related grievances (2) Assessment is based upon the efficacy of the mechanism being followed. Relevant data may be inserted here. Assessment = 771
7.2 Evaluation Process: Project Work / Thesis (25) Details of Thesis Allocation, Evaluation Presentation:
Year Name of Candidate Name of Supervisor/ Joint supervisor Title of Whether Thesis Evaluation Committee was Constituted (Yes/No) Name of the External Member
and
7.2.1 Allocation of Students to Eligible Faculty Members (supervisors) [10] Assessment = 7.2.2 Constitution of Evaluation Committee with at least One External Member [10] Assessment = 7.2.3 Schedule Showing Thesis Presentation at least twice during the semester [5] 772 Assessment =
7.3
TEACHING EVALUATION AND FEEDBACK SYSTEM [10] 7.3.1 Guidelines for Student Feedback System [3] Assessment is based upon the effectiveness of the guidelines for student feedback system. The design and effective implementation of the guidelines are essential for student feedback system. Assessment =
773
7.4
Self-learning beyond syllabus and outreach activities [15] 7.4.1. Scope for self-learning (5) (Instruction: The Institution needs to specify the scope for self-learning/learning beyond syllabus and creation of facilities for self learning / learning beyond syllabus.) 7.4.2. Generation of self-learning facilities, and availability of materials for learning beyond syllabus (5) (Instruction: The institution needs to specify the facilities for self-learning / learning beyond syllabus.)
775
7.4.3. Career Guidance, Training, Placement, and Entrepreneurship Cell (5) (Instruction: The institution may specify the facility and management to facilitate career guidance including counseling for higher studies, industry interaction for training/ internship/ placement, Entrepreneurship cell and incubation facility and impact of such systems)
776
No. of rooms
8.1.3 Electricity, power backup, telecom facility, drinking water and security (2)
(Instruction Specify the details of installed capacity, quality, availability, etc.)
8.2
8.2.1
and
Governing body, administrative setup and functions of various bodies (2) (Instruction: List the governing, senate, and all other academic and administrative bodies; their member ships, functions, and responsibilities; frequency of the meetings; and attendance therein, in a tabular form. A few sample minutes of the meetings and action taken reports should be annexed.) 778
8.2.2 Defined rules, procedures, recruitment, and promotional policies, etc. (2)
(Instruction: List the published rules, policies, and procedures; year of publications; and state the extent of awareness among the employees/ students. Also comment on its availability on Internet, etc.)
8.2.3
Decentralization in working including delegation of financial power and grievance redressal system (3)
(Instruction: List the names of the faculty members who are administrators/decision makers for various responsibilities. Specify the mechanism and composition of grievance redressal system, including faculty association, staff-union, if any.)779
8.3
Budget Allocation, Utilization and Public Accounting (10) Summary of current financial years budget and the actual expenditure incurred (exclusively for the institution) for three previous financial years
780
Item
Infrastructural built-up
Budgeted in CFY
Library
Laboratory Equipment Laboratory consumables Teaching and non-teaching staff salary R&D Training and Travel Other, specify.....
Total
(Instruction: The preceding list of items is not exhaustive. One may add other relevant items if applicable.)
781
8.3.1 Adequacy of budget allocation (4) (Instruction: Here the Institution needs to justify that the budget allocated over the years was adequate.) 8.3.2 Utilization of allocated funds (5) (Instruction: Here the Institution needs to state how the budget was utilized during the last three years.) 8.3.3 Availability of the audited statements on the Institutes website (1) (Instruction: Here the Institution needs to state whether the audited statements are available on its web site.) 8.4 Programme Specific Budget Allocation, Utilisation (10) Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in the CFYm1 and CFYm2 (exclusively for this programme in the department): 782
Items
Budgeted in CFYm1
CFY (till...)
Laboratory equipment
Software
R&D Laboratory consumables
8.4.1 Adequacy of budget allocation (3) (Instruction: Here the institution needs to justify that the budget allocated over the years was adequate.) 8.4.2 Budget allocation for Research facilities (4) (Instruction : Articulate the provisions in the budget to carry out the research by post graduate students.) 8.4.3 Utilisation of allocated funds (3) (Instruction: Here the institution needs to state how the budget was utilised during the last three years.)
784
8.5.2 Titles and volumes per title (4) Number of titles ......................... volumes ........................
Number of new titles added CFYm2 CFYm1 CFY Number of new editions added
Number of
Number of new volumes added
Expenditure
Magazine / journals (for hard copy subscription) Magazine / journals (for soft copy subscription) Misc. Contents
Comments, if any
8.6
Incubation facility (5) (Instruction: Specify the details of incubation facility in terms of capacity, utilisation terms and conditions, usage by students) 8.7 Internet (5) Name of the Internet provider: Available bandwidth: Access speed: Availability of Internet in an exclusive lab: Availability in most computing labs: Availability in departments and other units: Availability in faculty rooms: Institutes own e-mail facility to faculty/students: Security/privacy to e-mail/Internet users: (Instruction: The institute may report the availability of Internet in the campus and its quality of service.) 788
8.8
8.8.1 Checks for wiring and electrical installations for leakage and earthing (1) 8.8.2 Fire fighting measures : Effective safety arrangements with emergency/ multiple exits and ventilation / exhausts in auditoriums and large class rooms/laboratories, fire fighting equipment and training, availability of water, and such other facilities. (1) 8.8.3 Safety of Civil Structure (1)
789
8.8.4
Handling of hazardous chemicals and such other activities (2) (Instruction: The institution may provide evidence that it is taking enough measures for the safety of the civil structures, fire, electrical installations, wiring, and safety of handling and disposal of hazardous substances. Moreover, the institution needs to show the effectiveness of the measures that it has developed to accomplish these tasks.)
790
8.9 Counseling and Emergency Medical Care and First-aid (5) Availability of counseling facility
Arrangement for emergency medical care
Availability of first-aid unit (Instruction: The institution needs to report the availability of the facilities discussed here)
791
LYG
LYGm1
LYGm2
Assessment
From 4.3
Items
API (Academic Performance Index)
LYG
LYGm1
LYGm2
Assessment
793
LYG
LYGm1
LYGm2
Assessment
9.5 Improvement in Faculty Research Publications, R&D Work, Consultancy and Testing Work (10)
From 5.7 and 5.9
Items LYG LYGm1 LYGm2 Assessment
Assessment =
795
9.7 New Facility Created (15) Specify new facilities created during the last 3 years for strengthening the curriculum and/or meeting the POs:
9.8 Overall Improvements since last accreditation, if any, otherwise, since commencement of the Program (20) Specify the overall improvement:
Specify the strengths/ weaknesses
Improvements brought in Contributed by
Comments, if any
Declaration
The head of the institution needs to make a declaration as per the format given below: This Self-Assessment Report (SAR) is prepared for the current academic year (__________) and the current financial year (_________________) on behalf of the institution. I certify that the information provided in this SAR is extracted from the records and to the best of my knowledge, is correct and complete.
797
I understand that any false statement/information of consequence may lead to rejection of the application for the accreditation for a period of two or more years. I also understand that the National Board of Accreditation (NBA) or its subcommittees will have the right to decide on the basis of the submitted SAR whether the institution should be considered for an accreditation visit.
798
If the information provided in the SAR is found to be wrong during the visit or subsequent to grant of accreditation, the NBA has right to withdraw the grant of accreditation and no accreditation will be allowed for a period of next two years or more and the fee will be forfeited. I undertake that the institution shall cooperate with the visiting accreditation team, shall provide all desired information during the visit and arrange for the meeting as required for accreditation as per the NBAs provision.
799
I undertake that, the institution is well aware of the provisions in the NBAs accreditation manual concerned for this application, rules, regulations and notifications in force as on date and the institute shall fully abide by them.
Place: Date: Signature, Name, and Designation of the Head of the Institution with seal
800
16.
GUIDELINES AND OPERATING PRACTICES FOR ACCREDITATION VISIT AND EVALUATION
FOR
PG ENGINEERING PROGRAMMES
(TIER-I)
JANUARY, 2013
801
Points
5
10
1.2.1. Listing and articulation of the program educational objectives of the program under accreditation (1) 1.2.2. Description of media (e.g. websites, curricula books) in which the PEOs are published and how these are disseminated among stakeholders (1) 1.2.3. Listing of stakeholders of the program under consideration for accreditation and articulation of their relevance (1) 1.2.4. Description of the process that documents and demonstrates periodically that the PEOs are based on the needs of the programs stakeholders (3) 1.2.5. Description as to how the Program Educational Objectives are consistent with the Mission of the department (4)
803
1.3. Achievement 20 1.3.1. Description of the of Program broad curricular Educational components that Objectives
contribute towards the achievement of the Program Educational Objectives (10) 1.3.2. Description of the committees and their functions, working processes and related regulations (10)
804
35 1.4.1. Description of the assessment process that documents and demonstrates periodically the degree to which the Program Educational Objectives are attained Information on: (a) listing and description of the assessment processes used to gather the data upon which the evaluation of each program educational objective is based. Examples of data collection processes may include, but are not limited to, employer surveys, graduate surveys, focus groups, industrial advisory committee meetings, or other processes that are relevant and appropriate to the program; (b) The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried out (5)
805
1.5.
1.5.1. Articulation with rationale as to how the results of the evaluation of the PEOs have been used to review/redefine the PEOs (5)
807
2.1.1.Listing of the course outcomes of the courses in program curriculum and program outcomes of the program under accreditation (1) 2.1.2. Description of media (e.g. websites, curricula, books) in which the POs are published and how these are disseminated among stakeholders (1) 808
2.1.3. Description of the process that documents and demonstrates periodically that the POs are defined in alignment with the graduate attributes prescribed by the NBA (3) 2.1.4. Details as to how the POs defined for the program are aligned with the Graduate Attributes of the NBA as articulated in the accreditation manual (7) 2.1.5. Correlation of the defined POs of the program with the PEOs (8)
809
75 2.2.1. Correlation
outcomes outcomes. The strength of the correlation is to be indicated. (5) 2.2.2. Description of the different course delivery methods/modes (e.g. lecture interspersed with discussion, asynchronous mode of interaction, group discussion, project etc.) used to deliver the courses and justify the effectiveness of these methods for the attainment of the POs. This may be further justified using the indirect assessment methods such as course-end surveys. (5) 810
2.2.3. Description of different types of course assessment and evaluation methods (both direct and indirect) in practice and their relevance towards the attainment of the POs. (15) 2.2.4.Justify how the various project works carried as part of the program curriculum contribute towards the attainment of the POs. (50)
811
2.3.
of the Evaluation processes that documents and demonstrates periodically the degree to which the Program Outcomes are being attained. Information on: (a) listing and description of the evaluation processes used to gather the data upon which the evaluation of each program outcome is based. Examples of data collection processes may include, but are not limited to, specific exam questions, student portfolios, internally developed assessment exams, senior project presentations, nationallynormed exams, oral exams, focus groups, industrial advisory committee and (b)the frequency with which these evaluation processes are carried out (25) 812
2.3.2. Information on: a) The expected level of attainment for each of the program outcomes; b) Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis illustrating the extent to which each of the program outcomes are attained; and c) How the results are documented and maintained (100)
813
Articulation with rationale the curricular improvements brought in after the review of the attainment of the POs (5) Articulation with rationale the curricular delivery and evaluation improvements brought in after the review of the attainment of the POs (10) 2.4.3. Articulation with rationale how the results of the evaluation of the POs have been used to review/redefine the POs in line with the Graduate Attributes of the NBA (15) 814
45
15
3.1.1. Structure of the curriculum (5) 3.1.2. Articulation with rationale how the structure of curriculum helps in attainment of the Pos and the PEOs(10)
3.2.
40
3.2.1. Details of industrys/ R&D organization involvement in the program such as industry-attached laboratories and partial delivery of courses and internship opportunities for students (40)
815
3.3. Curriculum
15
Develop ment
3.3.1. Description of the process that periodically documents and demonstrates periodically how the program curriculum is evolved considering the PEOs and the POs (5) 3.3.2. Details of the process involved in identifying the requirement for improvement in courses and curriculum and provide the evidence of continuous improvement of courses and curriculum (10)
3.4. Course
Syllabi
3.4. Syllabus for each course and also provide the details of the syllabi format (5)
816
4.2
Success rate
20
Assessment = 2 x API where, API = Academic performance index = Mean of CGPA of all the students on a 10-point CGPA system or = (Mean of the percentage of marks of all students)/10 20 Assessment = 20(x + 3 y)/N where x = No. of students placed, y = No. of students admitted for the higher studies. N = No. of students admitted in the first year and students admitted via lateral entry in that batch subject to max. assessment points = 20
818
20
4.5.
Professional activities
25
4.4.1. Membership in Professional societies/ chapters and organising engineering events (5) 4.4.2. Participation and awards in international/national events (5) 4.4.3. Publications and awards in international / national events (10) 4.4.4. Entrepreneurship initiatives, innovations (3)
819
Assessment = 20 x 13/STR; subject to max. assessment at 20 Where, STR = (U1 + U2 + U3 + P1 + P2)/N1 U1 = No. of students in 2nd year of the program U2 = No. of students in 3rd year of the program U3 = No. of students in 4th year of the program P1 = No. of students in PG first year P2 = No. of students in PG second year
N1 = Total no. of faculty members in the program (considering the fractional load)
820
5.2. Faculty 20 Assessment = 20 x (X/Y) strength in X = Number of faculty members with PG Ph.D available for PG programme programme Y = Number of faculty members with Ph.D./Mech./M.E available for PG Programme
5.3. Faculty 30 Assessment = 6 x FQI Qualificatio Faculty qualification index (FQI) = ns (10x + 6y + 4z0)/N2 where, x + y + z0 N2, z0 Z X = No. of faculty members with PhD Y = No. of faculty members with M.E/M.tech. Z = No. of faculty members with B.E/B.tech/MSc
821
the applicable program criteria specified by the appropriate American professional association such as ASME, IEEE and ACM
5.4.2. Listing of the program specific criteria and the competencies (specialisation, research publications, course developments etc. of faculty to correlate the program specific criteria and competencies)
822
5.5. Faculty as 15 Participant/resource person in two participant week faculty development program. (5) s/resource persons in Participant/resource person in one faculty week faculty development program (3) developme Assessment = 3 x SUM / N nt/training activities 5.6. Faculty retention 15 Assessment = 3 x RPI/N Retention Point Index (RPI) = Sum of the retention points to all faculty members One retention point for each year of experience at the institution, subject to maximum five points to a faculty member.
823
5.7. Faculty 30 Faculty points in Research Publications (FRP) Research Assessment of FRP = 6 x (Sum of the research Publications publication points scored by each faculty member)/N
(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five research publication points each year, depending upon the quality of the research papers published in the past three years.) The research papers considered are those (i) which can be located on internet and/or are included in hard copy volumes/proceedings, published by well known publishers, and (ii) the faculty members affiliation, in the published paper, is of the current institution.
824
10 Faculty points in IPR (FIPR) Assessment of FIPR = 2 (Sum of the FIPR points scored by each faculty member)/N
(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five FIPR points each year. IPR includes awarded national/international patents, books, and copyrights
825
30
Faculty Points in R&D and consultancy work (FRDC) Assessment of R&D and consultancy projects = 6(Sum of FRDC by each faculty member)/N Instruction: A faculty member gets maximum five points each year, depending upon the amount of the funds and/or the contributions made. A suggestive scheme is given below for a minimum amount of Rs.1.0 lakh: Five points for funding by national agency Four points for funding by state agency/private sector Two points for funding by the sponsoring trust/society
826
5.10.
15 Faculty Interaction Points (FIP) assessment = 3(Sum of FIP by each faculty member)/N
827
45
15
6.1.2. Adequate number of rooms for lectures (Core / electives), seminars, tutorial, etc., for the program (5) 6.1.3. Teaching aids multimedia projectors, etc. (5) 6.1.4. Acoustics, classroom size, conditions of chairs/benches, air circulation, lighting, exits, ambience, and such other amenities/facilities (5)
828
6.2.1.Availability of individual faculty rooms (5) 6.2.2.Room equipped with white / black board, computer, Internet, and other such amenities/ facilities (5) 6.2.3.Usage of room for discussion / counselling with students (5)
829
6.3. Laboratori es in the departme nt to meet the program curriculum requireme nts and the POs
30
6.3.1. Adequate well equipped laboratories to run all the program-specific curriculum (10) 6.3.2. Availability of computing facilities for the department exclusively (5) 6.3.3. Availability of research facilities to conduct project works/ thesis (5) 6.3.4. Availability of laboratories with technical support within and beyond working hours (5) 6.3.5. Equipments to run experiments and their maintenance, number of students per experimental setup, size of the laboratories, overall ambience, etc. (5) 830
15 6.4.1. Availability 6.4. Technical of adequate manpower and qualified technical support in supporting staff for the program specific department laboratories (10)
831
7.2.
25
10 Assessment is based on the effectiveness evaluatio of the guidelines for student feedback n and system. (3) feedback Assessment is based on the methodology system being followed for analysis of feedback and its effectiveness (2) Assessment is based on the effectiveness of the implementation of the corrective measures (5) 7.4. Self15 Scope for self-learning (5) learning Generation of self-learning facilities, and beyond availability of materials for learning syllabus beyond syllabus (5) and Career Guidance, Training, Placement, and outreach Entrepreneurship Cell (5) activities
7.3. Teaching
833
CRITERION 8: Governance, Institutional Support and Financial Resources 75 Minimum qualifying points: 45
Item no. 8.1. Item description Campus infrastructur e and facility
Points
8.1.1. Maintenance of academic infrastructure and facilities (2) 8.1.2. Hostel (boys and girls), transportation facility and canteen (1) 8.1.3. Electricity, power backup, telecom facility, drinking water, and security (2)
834
10
8.2.1.Governing body, administrative setup, and functions of various bodies (2) 8.2.2. Defined rules, procedures, recruitment, and promotional policies, etc. (2) 8.2.3. Decentralisation in working and grievance redressal system (3) 8.2.4. Transparency and availability of correct/ unambiguous information (3)
835
8.3.
10
8.4.
10
8.3.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (4) 8.3.2. Utilisation of allocated funds (5) 8.3.3. Availability of detailed audited statements of all the receipts and expenditures publicly (1) 8.4.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (3) 8.4.2. Budget allocation for research facilities (4) 8.4.3. Utilisation of allocated funds (3)
836
8.5.
Library
8.6.
Incubati on facility
20 8.5.1. Library space and ambience, timings and usage, availability of a qualified librarian and other staff, library automation, online access, and networking (5) 8.5.2. Titles and volumes per title (4) 8.5.3. Scholarly journal subscriptions specific to the programme (3) 8.5.4. Digital library (3) 8.5.5. Library expenditure on books, magazines / journals, and miscellaneous contents (5) 5 8.6.1 Details of the specification of the incubation facility in terms of capacity, utilisation terms and conditions, usage by students point mission (5) 837
8.7. Internet
05
8.6.1. Sufficient and effective internet access facility with security and privacy (5) 8.7.1. Checks for wiring and electrical installations for leakage and earthing (1) 8.7.2. Fire-fighting measures : Effective safety arrangements with emergency/ multiple exits and ventilation/exhausts in auditoriums and large classrooms/ labs, fire-fighting equipments and training, availability of water and such other facilities (1) 8.7.3. Safety of civil structures/ buildings/ catwalk/ hostels, etc. (1) 8.7.4. Handling of hazardous chemicals and such other hazards (2) 838
05
05
8.8.1. Availability of counselling facility 8.8.2. Arrangement for emergency medical care 8.8.3. Availability of first-aid unit
839
45
Evaluation guidelines
9.1.1. Points must be awarded in proportion to the average improvement in computed SI (in 4.2) over three years. 9.2.1. Points must be awarded in proportion to the average improvement in computed API (in 4.3) over three years.
840
5 9.3.1. Points must be awarded in proportion to the average improvement in computed STR (in 5.2) over three years.
9.4. Enhancem 5 9.4.1. Points must be awarded in ent of proportion to the average Faculty improvement in computed Qualificati FQI (in 5.3) over three years. on Index
841
9.5. Improvemen 10 9.5.1. Points must be awarded in t in faculty proportion to the combined research average improvement in publication, computed FRP (in 5.7) and FRDC R&D, and (5.9) over three years. consultancy
9.6. Continuing education 10 9.6.1. Points must be awarded
in proportion to participation in continuing education (contributing to course modules and conducting and attending short-term courses and workshops) programs to gain and/or disseminate their knowledge in their areas of expertise
842
9.7. New
15 9.7.1. New facilities in terms of facility infrastructure/ created equipment/ facilities added to augment the program. 9.8. Overall 20 9.7.2. Points must be awarded improvem based on the strengths ent since and weaknesses last mentioned in the last accreditati accreditation visit, and on, if any, how those were otherwise, since addressed and/or efforts establishm made.
ent
843
17. LIST OF DOCUMENTS / RECORDS TO BE MADE AVAILABLE DURING THE VISIT (Instruction: Records of three years to be made available, wherever applicable) The following list is just a guideline. The Institution may prepare its own list of documents in support of the SAR that it is submitting. The soft copy of these documents (in the form of statements and list only) may be appended with SAR.
844
Institute Specific
I.1. Land papers, built-plan and approval etc. I.2. Composition of governing, senate and other academic and administrative bodies; their functions; and responsibilities. List of all the meetings held in the past 3 years along with the attendance records. Representative minutes and action taken reports of a few meetings of such bodies along with the list of current faculty members who are members of such bodies.
845
I.3. Rules, policies and procedures published by the Institution including service book and academic regulations and others along with the proof that the employees/students are aware of the rules and procedures. I.4. Budget allocation and utilization, Audited statement of accounts. I.5. Informative web site. I.6. Library resources books and journal holdings.
846
I.7. Listing of core, computing and manufacturing, etc., labs. I.8. Records of T & P and career and guidance cells. I.9. Records of safety checks and critical installations. I.10. Medical care records and usages of ambulance, etc. I.11. Academic calendar, schedule of tutorial and makeup classes.
847
I.12. Handouts/files along with outcomes, list of additional topics to meet the outcomes. I.13. Set of question papers, assignments, evaluation schemes etc. I.14. Feedback form, analysis of feedback, and corrective actions. I.15. Documented feedback received from the stakeholders (e.g., Industries, Parents, Alumni, Financiers etc.) of the Institution. I.16. List of faculty who teach first year courses along with their qualifications. I.17. Results of the First Year students.
848
Program Specific
Each program for which an institution seeks accreditation or reaccreditation must have in place the following:
P.1 NBA accreditation reports of the past visits, if any P.2 Department budget and allocations of the (past 3 years data) P.3 Admission seats filled and ranks (last 3 years data) P.4 List/Number of students who have cleared the program in 4years (last 3 years data) P.5 Average Grade point (CGPA) (last 3 years data of students CGPA/ percentage) P.6 Placement and higher studies data (last 3 years data)
849
P.7 Professional society activities, events, conferences organized, etc. P.8 List of students papers along with hardcopies of the publications; professional society publications/ magazines, etc. P.9 Sample best and average project reports/theses P.10 Details of student-facutly ratio P.11 Faculty details with their service books, salary details, sample appointment letters, promotion and award letters/certificates
850
P.12 Faculty list with designation, qualification, joining date, publication, R & D, interaction details P.13 List of faculty publications along with DOIs and publication/citation details P.14 List of R & D and consultancy projects along with approvals and project completion reports
P.15 List and proofs of faculty interaction with outside world
851
P.16 List of class rooms, faculty rooms P.17 List of program-specific laboratories and computing facility within the department. P.18 List of non-teaching staff with their appointment letters etc. P.19 List of short-term courses, workshops
arranged and course modules developed.
P.21 Records of overall program-specific improvements, if any P.22 Curriculum, POs, PEOs, Mission, and Vision statements P.23 Correlation of Outcomes with PEOs P.24 Correlation of Course Outcomes with the POs P.25 Course files, plan of course delivery, question papers, answer scripts, assignments, reports of assignments, project reports, report of design projects, list of laboratory experiments, reports of laboratory experiments, etc.
853
P.26. Rubrics developed to validate the POs. P.27. Continuous improvement in the PEOs P.28. Improvement in curriculum for correlating the POs and the PEOs P.29. Direct and indirect assessment methods to show attainment of the POs P.30. Stakeholders involvement in the process of improvement of the PEOs and the POs P.31. Collected forms of various indirect assessment tools (e.g. alumni survey, employer survey) P.32. Any other documents which may be necessary to evaluate the SAR.
854
18. SAMPLE QUESTIONS BY THE EVALUATION TEAM FOR NBA ACCREDITATION TO THE HEAD OF INSTITUTION
How is equitable distribution of funds to departments ensured? How does research activity have linkages and benefits to undergraduate program? Are research scholars and PG students used in tutorials and laboratory demonstration? Do they receive any training?
855
What are faculty workloads like? How do you balance the workload between teaching and research? What are the strategic directions for engineering? In which direction is engineering headed at your institution? Is the level of industry input to program design and targeted graduate outcomes adequate?
856
TO THE DEAN / HEAD OF DEPARTMENT/ PROGRAM COORDIANTORS How are academic faculty involved in the program design? What is the level of faculty development adapted to improve quality of teaching? How many are involved? How many members of the faculty are involved in the internship scheme?
857
What happens if somebody is ill or wants to take a period of study leave? How many members of faculty are involved in the Foundations of Teaching and Learning program? Describe your role and responsibilities. How many of you are involved in the academic leadership course for Course Coordinators? How is program review initiated and implemented? When does industry interaction begin?
858
How much does program review involve academic faculty? Tell us about the balance between the coverage of discipline specific and engineering practice in the First Year. What are the strategic directions for engineering? How do you feel about the quality of laboratories and the level of student engagement?
859
To what extent are laboratories and facilities useful for practical learning and project work? What might be development directions and prioritization? Is the quantum and quality of laboratory practice consistent with the needs of an engineering graduate? Are the laboratory equipment and computers properly maintained? Is supporting staff adequate for these activities?
860
Are you aware of the specified program outcomes? What progress has been made on tracking the development, throughout the program, of graduate attributes? What do you see as the positives associated with this program? What are the characteristics that make this program good or unique? What are your views of the capabilities of your students at the time they complete their studies?
861
What are your views on the employability of your students? Where is professional development being delivered (writing, communication and research skills, teamwork, project management, etc)? Is it embedded throughout the program? Is there sufficient student elective choice in the program? Would more be better?
862
Is the development of engineering design skills adequate? How is design embedded into the program? How are the issues of engineering ethics, sustainability and the environment covered throughout the program? Are the students exposed to issues related to globalisation and changing technologies?
863
What proportion of final year projects are industry based? How are they supervised and managed? What proportion of final year projects is research-oriented? Is the course material made available to students? Where do students perform their assignment work? Are separate working spaces for group work available?
864
What are the modern tools used for teaching? Are students able to learn better from power point presentations? How much exposure is to local industry practice such as guest presentations, teaching by visiting faculty, site visits, industry problem solving, case studies, and industry projects occurring?
865
Are these events prescribed as part of the overall educational design, or simply included on the initiative of the local program/course coordinator? How is exposure to professional practice monitored and assessed? What site visits are offered? Are site visits active for the students?
866
What opportunities are being grasped in industrial design and project work to take advantage of industry topics or input? Are industry based projects supervised or co-supervised by industry people? Does industry sponsor the project work? Do all students undertake an internship or industrial training? Describe the reporting mechanisms and assessment requirements.
867
What are the overall quality mechanisms that ensure appropriateness of outcomes? How are academic faculty involved in achieving Graduate Attributes? What is the evidence of progress being made on mapping student learning outcome to POs, including mapping of the outcomes to the Graduate Attributes?
868
What efforts are made to ensure that assessment truly assesses the student learning outcomes in each subject? How are course outcomes and assessment measures at the unit level tracked to close the loop, on delivery of targeted graduate outcomes? What are the roles of the Program Coordinator, course coordinators and academic faculty in program review and quality improvement?
869
How often does the faculty meet as a teaching team to discuss program improvement issues? To what extent is improvements made from student feedback? Are course outcomes demonstrating closure of the quality loop at course and program levels? State the level of industry input to program design and targeted graduate outcomes.
870
What is the impact of the advisory committee on contextualising the program to local and global needs? What are the mechanisms available for formal/documented student feedback? How is student feedback obtained? Do students receive feedback on actions taken? Are issues of graduate outcomes, curriculum design and improvement discussed?
871
What are other consultation mechanisms? How does the faculty respond to the outcomes of student/unit surveys? What changes have been made to the program as a result of your evaluation? What is the process used for making changes to the program outcomes? How does the faculty credentials relate to the PEOs and POs?
872
Is the quantum and quality of laboratory practice consistent with the needs of an engineering graduate? How active is the industry-institute interaction partnership cell? What program changes have been made from the input by industry-institute interaction partnership cell? What are the strengths and weaknesses of your department and support departments? Are any major curriculum changes planned? What? When?
873
What are the major needs for growth and development of the curriculum? Do you make recommendations for faculty salary and increments? How much time is available to the faculty for professional development? What is the budget for faculty professional development? Are faculty sent abroad under faculty exchange program?
874
TO FACULTY
How does research activity have linkages and benefits to undergraduate program? Are research scholars and PG students used in tutorials and laboratory demonstration? Do they receive any training? How do you ensure that appropriate assessment techniques are being used? What assessment moderation processes are used? Is there any senior project work?
875
What professional development (Teaching & Learning related) have you received? What are faculty workloads like? How do you balance your load between teaching and research? What are the good things that are happening in the program? What are the unwanted things that are happening in the program? What program educational objectives and program outcomes do the courses you teach support?
876
Are you involved in the assessment/evaluation of program educational objectives and program outcomes? How? Are you involved in program improvements? How? Is there sufficient student elective choice in the programs? Would more choice be advisable?
877
How is the Honors' program different from the graduate program? Is the development of engineering design skills adequate? How is design embedded into the program? How are the issues of engineering ethics, sustainability and the environment, and business studies covered throughout the program? Are the students exposed to issues related to globalization and changing technologies?
878
What proportion of final year projects are industry based? How are they supervised and managed? Are lectures recorded and made available to students? How do you ensure that appropriate assessment techniques are being used? How much time do you spend on professional development? What professional society are you a member of? Are you active? Do you hold any office?
879
Does the same instructor usually teach both lecture and laboratory portions of related courses? If not, how do they coordinate? Is the salary structure satisfactory? What additional benefits are included? What unique or unusual teaching methods are used in your department?
880
Do you maintain regular contacts with industry? How? How has the industry institute partnership cell affected POs? Are the support departments providing appropriate educational services for your students? Is there adequate secretarial and technician service available to you?
881
How do you balance your load between teaching and research? Have you acquired any additional qualification to provide effective teaching? How is your industrial experience, if any, relevant to this program? What is your role in the continuous improvement of the program?
882
What are the roles of the Head of the Department, Course coordinators and staff members in program review and quality improvement? How often does the staff meet as a teaching team to discuss program improvement issues? What are other consultation/ grievances mechanisms available?
883
TO STUDENTS How has your educational experience measured up to your expectations? Comment on facilities such as laboratory, IT access, information resources and project work. Are you providing feedback as part of a quality/program improvement mechanism? To what extent does the program provide for your personal and professional capabilities development?
884
Are there measures of your personal development and performance such as team-work, leadership, management, communication and presentation skills, self learning capacity etc? Are these systematically addressed in courses studied? Have issues such as globalization, ethics and sustainable practices been addressed yet? What improvement would you make if you had a magic wand?
885
Did you make use of online learning facilities? What are they? Do they make a difference? Do you feel that you have an understanding of the targeted outcomes for your program and the real nature of engineering practice in your chosen domain?
How was this understanding established?
886
How successful are faculty members as role models of the professional engineer? How accessible are faculty? Did you get exposure to sessions or guest lectures by practising professionals? Are these well organised and well presented? What do you think are the key attributes an employer would be looking for in a graduate engineer?
887
How effective are subject/unit outline documents in communicating and interlinking objectives, learning outcomes, activities and assessment strategies within individual units? Is assessment well coordinated with objectives and targeted learning outcomes within academic units?
888
Are there other avenues of embedded professional practice exposure other than placement activities such as industry visits, field trips, industry assignments, case studies, industry based projects etc? Is there sufficient exposure to professional practice? How effective is laboratory learning? Are experiments prescriptive or open ended?
889
What has been the nature of project-based learning activity in the program? Have you been confronted with multidisciplinary, open-ended, complex projects? Has it been necessary to consider factors such as social, environmental, safe practices and ethical matters? Have you been involved in any team based learning activities yet? Have you become a good team player and/or team leader? Are you assessed for your team performance?
890
What input do you have to the quality system, through surveys, input to the processes of educational design and continuous improvement? Is your feedback effective? Does it bring about change? Do you hear about improvement made? What skills are you expected to acquire at the time of graduation? Comment on attainment of program educational objectives.
891
To what extent does the program provide for your personal and professional capabilities development? Are there measures of your personal development and performance such as team-work, leadership, management, communication and presentation skills, self learning capacity etc? Are these systematically addressed in subjects studied?
892
Are you acquiring the expected/ required skills? Are the faculty members competent in the subjects they teach? Are faculty members available and helpful to you at times convenient to you? Why did you choose this institution/ department/ program? Are the laboratory equipment/tools/ accessories well-maintained?
893
How good is the hands-on experience? Do you plan to continue your education after graduation? Where? When? Do you plan to accept a job after graduation? Where ? When?
894
What type of job can you get as a graduate of this program? At what salary? What is your overall view of the program? Would you recommend it to a friend? Are you providing feedback as part of a quality/ program improvement mechanism?
895
16. Case Study Self Assessment Report (SAR) for Accreditation of B.Tech. programme in Mechanical Engineering by NBA Tier - I
896
PART A
No.
Sub No.
Particulars
Page No.
I.2.
I.3.
Name, designation, telephone number, and email address of the contact person for the NBA
History of the institution (including the date of introduction and number of seats of various programmes of study along with the NBA accreditation, if any) in a tabular form Ownership status: Government (central/state) / trust / society (Government/NGO/private) / private/ other Mission and Vision of the Institution
1
1
I.4.
I.5
3
897
No.
Particulars Organisational Structure Financial status: Government (central/state) / grants-in-aid / not-for-profit /private selffinancing / other Nature of the trust/society External sources of funds Internally acquired funds Scholarships or any other financial assistance provided to students? Basis/criterion for admission to the institution Total number of engineering students Total number of employees Declaration
Page No. 4 5
5 5 5 6 6 6 6 8
898
No.
Sub No.
Particulars
Name and address of the department Name, designation telephone number, and e-mail address of the contact person for interaction with NBA History of the department including date of introduction and number of seats of various programmes of study along with the NBA accreditation, if any and Vision of the Department List of the programmes/ departments which share human resources and/or the facilities of this department/programme (in %) Total number of students Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll during the current and two previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the department
Page No.
9 9
II.4. II.5.
9 10
II.6. II.7.
10 10
899
Name of the Programme Title of the Degree Name, designation, telephone numbers, and email address of the Programme coordinator for the NBA
11 11 11
History of the programme along with the NBA accreditation, if Deficiencies, weaknesses/concerns from previous accreditations Total number of students in the programme Minimum and maximum number of staff for the current and three previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the programme Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in the CFYm1 and CFYm2 (exclusively for this programme in the department)
12 12 12 12
III.8.
13
900
PART B
No. Sub No. Particulars
and Vision (5) 1.1.1. State the Vision and of the institute and department 1.1.2. Indicate how and where the Vision and are published and disseminated 1.1.3. Mention the process for defining Vision and of the department Programme Educational Objectives (15) 1.2.1. Describe the Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) 1.2.2. State how and where the PEOs are published and disseminated 1.2.3. List the stakeholders of the programme 1.2.4. State the process for establishing the PEOs 1.2.5. Establish consistency of the PEOs with the 1. Vision, and 1.1. Programme Educational Objectives(PE O) (100) Page No. 13 13
14
14 14 14 15 15 15 15
901
1.2.
No.
Particulars Attainment of Programme Educational Objectives (30) 1.3.1. Justify the contributions of the Programme Curriculum towards attainment of the PEOs 1.3.2. Explain how administrative system helps in ensuring the attainment of the PEOs
Page No. 16 16
17
1.4.
Assessment of the attainment of Programme Educational Objectives (40) 1.4.1. Indicate tools and processes used in assessment of the attainment of the PEOs 1.4.2. Give evidence for the attainment of the PEOs
18 18
21
902
2. Programme 2.1. Definition and Validation of Course Outcomes and Outcomes () Programme Outcomes(30) (225) 2.1.1. List the Course Outcomes(COs) and Programme Outcomes (POs) 2.1.2. State how and where the POs are published and disseminated 2.1.3. Indicate processes employed for defining the Pos 2.1.4. Indicate how the defined POs are aligned to the Graduate Attributes prescribed by the NBA 2.1.5. Establish the correlation between the POs and the PEOs 2.2. Attainment of Programme Outcomes (40) 2.2.1. Illustrate how course outcomes contribute to the POs 2.2.2. Explain how modes of delivery of courses help in attainment of the Pos 2.2.3. Indicate how assessment tools used to assess the impact of delivery of course/course content contribute towards the attainment of course outcomes/programme outcomes 2.2.4. Indicate the extent to which the laboratory and project course work are contributing towards attainment of the POs
22 22 23 23 23 26 26 26 26 26
27
903
2.3.
Assessment of the attainment of Programme Outcomes (125) 2.3.1. Describe assessment tools and processes used for assessing the attainment of each
28 28
2.4.
2.3.2. Indicate results of assessment of each Use of assessment results towards improvement of programme (30)
28 29
29
2.4.2. Indicate how results of assessment used for improvement of course delivery and assessment
the process used for revising/redefining the Pos
31
31
904
Curriculum (20) Describe the structure of curriculum Give the prerequisite flow chart of courses Justify how the programme curriculum satisfies the programme specific Criteria State the components of the curriculum and their relevance to the POs and the PEOs (15) core engineering courses and their relevance to POs including design experience (60)
32 32 40 42 42 49 52 53 53 53
3.4. 3.5.
3.6.
Indicate Industry interaction / internship (10) Curriculum Development (15) 3.5.1. State the process of designing the programme curriculum 3.5.2. Illustrate the measures and processes used to improve curriculum Course Syllabi (5)
53
905
61 62
Placement and Higher Studies (20) Professional Activities (15) 4.3.1. Professional societies / chapters and organising engineering events
4.3.2. Organisation of paper contests, design contests, etc. and achievements 4.3.3. Publication of technical magazines, newsletters, etc. 4.3.4 Entrepreneurship initiatives, product designs and innovations
63 63 63
63
66 67
4.3.5. Publications and awards in interinstitute events by students of the programme of study
68
906
Student-Teacher Ratio (STR) (20) Faculty Cadre Ratio (20) Faculty Qualifications (30) Faculty Competencies correlation to Programme Specific Criteria (15) Faculty as participants/resource persons in faculty development training activities (15) Faculty Retention (15) Faculty Research Publications (FRP) (20)
71 76 76 76 78
5.6. 5.7.
79 80
5.8.
5.9.
81
81 82
907
6. Facilities 6.1. Classrooms in the Department (20) and 6.1.1. Adequate number of rooms for lectures Technical (core/electives), seminars, tutorials, etc., for Support (75) the program 6.1.2. Teaching aids---multimedia projectors, etc. 6.1.3. Acoustics, classroom size, conditions of chairs/benches, air circulation, lighting, exits, ambience, and such other amenities/facilities 6.2. Faculty Rooms in the Department (15) 6.2.1. Availability of individual faculty rooms 6.2.2. Room equipped with white / black board, computer, Internet, and such other amenities/facilities 6.2.3. Usage of room for counselling/ discussion with students 6.4.2. Incentives, skill-upgrade, and professional advancement
84 86
86 86
86 86 86
86 89
908
6.3. Laboratories in the Department to meet the Curriculum Requirements and the POs (25) 6.3.1. Adequate, well-equipped laboratories to meet the curriculum requirements and the POs 6.3.2. Availability of computing facilities in the department 6.3.3. Availability of laboratories with technical support within and beyond working hours 6.3.4. Equipments to run experiments and their maintenance, number of Students per experimental setup, size of the laboratories, overall ambience, etc. 6.4. Technical Manpower Support in the Department (15) 6.4.1. Availability of adequate and qualified technical supporting staff for programmespecific laboratories 6.4.2. Incentives, skill-upgrade, and professional advancement
87 87
87 87 88
88 89
89
909
7. Academic 7.1. Academic Support Units (35) Support Units 7.1.1. Assessment of First Year Student Teacher Ratio (FYSTR) and Teaching 7.1.2. Assessment of Faculty Qualification Teaching First Learning Year Common Courses Process (75) 7.1.3. Basic science/engineering laboratories (adequacy of space, number of students per batch, quality and availability of measuring instruments, laboratory manuals, list of experiments) 7.1.4. Language laboratory 7.2. Teaching Learning Process (40) 7.2.1. Tutorial classes to address student questions: size of tutorial classes, hours per subject given in the time table 7.2.2. Mentoring system to help at individual levels 7.2.3. Feedback analysis and reward / corrective measures taken, if any 7.2.4. Scope for self-learning 7.2.5. Generation of self-learning facilities, and availability of materials For learning beyond syllabus 7.2.6. Career Guidance, Training, Placement, and Entrepreneurship Cell 7.2.7. Co-curricular and Extra-curricular Activities 7.2.8. Sports grounds, facilities, and qualified sports instructors
91 93 93 93
94 94 94
95 95 96 96 96 97 97 910
8.3.
8.4.
Campus Infrastructure and Facility (10) 8.1.1. Maintenance of academic infrastructure and facilities 8.1.2. Hostel (boys and girls), transportation facility and canteen 8.1.3. Electricity, power backup, telecom facility, drinking water and security Organisation, Governance and Transparency (10) 8.2.1. Governing body, administrative setup and functions of various bodies 8.2.2. Defined rules, procedures, recruitment and promotional policies, etc. 8.2.3. Decentralisation in working including delegation of financial power And grievance redressal system 8.2.4. Transparency and availability of correct/unambiguous information Budget Allocation, Utilisation, and Public Accounting (10) 8.3.1. Adequacy of budget allocation 8.3.2. Utilisation of allocated funds 8.3.3. Availability of the audited statements on the institutes website Program Specific Budget Allocation, Utilisation (10) 8.4.1. Adequacy of budget allocation 8.4.2. Utilisation of allocated funds
97 98 98 99 99 99 108 109 111 112 113 113 113 113 113 113
911
8.5.
8.6. 8.7.
Library (20) 8.5.1. Library space and ambience, timings and usage, availability of a Qualified librarian and other staff, library automation, online access, networking etc. 8.5.2. Titles and volumes per title 8.5.3. Scholarly journal subscription 8.5.4. Digital library 8.5.5. Library expenditure on books, magazines/journals, and miscellaneous contents Internet (5) Safety Norms and Checks (5) 8.7.1. Checks for wiring and electrical installations for leakage and earthing and such other facilities 8.7.2. Fire - fighting measurements: Effective safety arrangements with emergency / multiple exits and ventilation/ exhausts in auditorium and large classrooms/ laboratories, fire fight equipment and training, availability of water and such b other facilties. 8.7.3. Safety of civil structure 8.7.4. Handling of hazardous chemicals and such other activities Counselling and Emergency Medical Care and First-aid (5)
113 113
115
116 116
8.8.
116 912
117
117 117 117 118 119 131 132
Criterion X
133
913
II. Departmental Information II.1. Name and address of the department: Department of Mechanical Engineering, (Name of the Institute) _______________________, (Name of the Place) _______________________, II.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and e mail address of the contact person for the NBA: (Name of the Principal) _______________________, (Name of the Institute and Place) _______________, Telephone No. (College): Telephone No. (City Office): Cell Number: Fax No: E-mail: 914
II.3. History of the department including dates of introduction and number of seats of various programmes of study along with the NBA accreditation, if any:
Program
B.Tech in Mechanical Engineering
Description
Started with 60 seats in the year 1997 Intake increased to 120 in 2005 Intake increased to 180 in the year 2012
M.Tech in CAD/CAM
M.Tech in Nano Technology
MISSION: To excel as a centre of Higher Education in the field of Mechanical Engineering. Producing highly motivated, technically competent, morally strong graduates with deep roots in our culture and with ability to respond to global challenges, thereby delighting all stakeholders namely parents, employers and humanity at large.
916
II.5. List of the programmes/ departments which share human resources and/or the facilities of this programmes/ departments (in %): Human resources and other facilities are exclusively for the department. However the department deputes faculty members for service courses of other department and also services from other departments namely: 1. Electronics and Communication Engineering Department 2. Electrical and Electronics Engineering Department
917
II.6. Total number of students: B.Tech Program in Mechanical Engineering: 540 II.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll during the current and three previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the department:
CAY 2012 Items CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
36
40
36
41
29
37
25
30
Non-teaching staff
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
918
II.8. Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in the CFYm1, CFYm2 and CFYm3 (for the Department):
Actual expenses in CFY (till ) Rs. Budgeted in CFY Actual expenses RS. Actual Expenses in CFYm1 Rs. Actual Expenses in CFYm2 Rs.
Items
Laboratory equipment Software
Laboratory consumable 174406 Maintenance and spares Travel Miscellaneous expenses for academic activities Total
919
III. Programme Specific information III.1. Name of the Programme B.TECH in MECHANICAL ENGINEERING III.2. Title of the Degree: B.TECH (MECHANICAL RNGINEERING) III.3. Name, designation, telephone number, and email address of the Programme coordinator for the NBA: Name:____________________ PROF & HEAD, MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Telephone:
Email:
920
III.4. History of the programme along with the NBA accreditation, if any:
Program B.Tech. Mechanical Engineering Description Started with 60 seats in year 1997 Intake increased to120 in 2005 Intake increased to 180 in 2012 Accredited in 2003 Accredited in 2007
III.5. Deficiencies, weaknesses / concerns from previous accreditations: 1. The administration needs to be more transparent and younger faculty should be involved in decisionmaking.
921
2. Powers should be decentralized and delegated in order to bring more transparency and effective utilization of resources. 3. Residential accommodation for faculty and hostel facilities need to be constructed in the campus. 4. The budget for maintenance and consumables needs to be enhanced. 5. Other resources viz., departmental offices, canteen, transport and medical facilities need to be improved. 6. The supporting staff with adequate qualifications should be appointed in adequate numbers.
922
7. Proper transparent policy for recruitment, scales, promotion and awards for supporting staff should be designed and implemented. 8. Students should be motivated to appear in competitive examinations like GATE, CAT and GRE. 9. Syllabus needs to be qualitatively revised by including tutorial, basic science and humanities component. 10.Campuswide computer network facility needs to be developed.
923
III.6. Total number of students in the programme: 540 III.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff for the current and three previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the programme:
Items Teaching staff in the program Non-teaching staff CAY Min 36 Max 40 CAYm1 Min 36 CAYm2 CAYm3 Max Min Max Min Max 41 29 37 25 30
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
924
III.8. Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in the CFYm1, CFYm2 and CFYm3 (exclusively for this programme in the department):
Actual expenses in CFY (till ) RS
Items
Laboratory equipment Software Laboratory consumable Maintenance and spares Travel Miscellaneous expenses for academic activities Total
72000
72000
75000
75000
80000
80000
935246 145000
72000
72000
75000
75000
80000
80000
925
PART B
CRIETRION 1: Vision, Mission and Programme Educational Objectives (100) 1.1 Vision and Mission (5) 1.1.1 State the Vision and Mission of the institute and department (1)
Vision of the institute: To emerge as a leading world-class institution of higher education by way of realizing excellence in the chosen fields of technical and other disciplines through teaching, research and consultancy steeped in values.
926
Mission of the institute: 1. To continue to be a continuous learning organization through rigorous and exciting research environment for expanding knowledge in chosen fields. 2. To offer world-class education, research, training programmes and consultancy activity reflecting the superior quality of the faculty and students in the chosen fields of technical & other disciplines with emphasis on culture and to respond to the changing global competitive environment. 3. To serve the industry, other institutions and the society through norms and highest professional standards.
927
4. To offer assistance to nearby villages, thereby help them to come out of their economic and social botherations and also offer training to improve their employability. Mission of the Department: To excel as a centre of Higher Education in the field of Mechanical Engineering. Producing highly motivated, technically competent, morally strong graduates with deep roots in our culture and with ability to respond to global challenges, thereby delighting all stakeholders namely parents, employers and humanity at large.
928
Vision of the department: 1. To become a deemed university for effectively responding to skills in demand in the industry and R & D Organizations. 2. To emerge as a premier centre of CAD/CAM by 2015 1.1.2. Indicate how and where the Vision and Mission are published and disseminated (2) Displayed in all the class rooms, laboratories, staff rooms, and offices of the department. Displayed on the department notice boards. Published in college website, department newsletters, and course files.
929
Explained to students and their parents as part of the induction programme. Explained to newly joined faculty and staff members during a staff orientation programme. 1.1.3. Mention the process for defining Vision and Mission of the department (2) Based on the needs of local and global employers, industry, advances in Technology and opportunities for higher studies, the department has defined the Vision and Mission.
930
1.2. Programme Educational Objectives (15) 1.2.1. Describe the Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) (2)
I. Preparation: To prepare students to excel in postgraduate programs or to succeed in industry / technical profession through global, rigorous education. II. Core Competencies: To provide students with a solid foundation in mathematical, scientific and engineering fundamentals required to solve engineering problems and also to pursue higher studies.
931
III. Breadth: To train students with good scientific and engineering breadth so as to comprehend, analyze, design, and create novel products and solutions for the real life problems. IV. Professionalism: To inculcate in students professional and ethical attitude, effective communication skills, teamwork skills, multidisciplinary approach, and an ability to relate engineering issues to broader social context V. Learning Environment: To provide student with an academic environment aware of excellence, leadership, written ethical codes and guidelines, and the life-long learning needed for a successful professional career.
932
1.2.2. State how and where the PEOs are published and disseminated (2) Displayed in the offices of the department. Published in college website and student handbooks. Explained to students and their parents as part of the induction programme. 1.2.3. List the stakeholders of the programme (1) Students Alumni Faculty and Staff members Employers (Government, Industry, Universities)
933
1.2.4. State the process for establishing the PEOs (5) The PEOs were designed keeping in view the vision, mission of the Institute and the department. Continuous feedback mechanism from the stakeholders has been designed to validate the relevance and effectiveness of established PEOs. The college academic committee identifies the need for improving the PEOs based on the feedback obtained from the stakeholders. The changes proposed by the college academic committee are recommended to the college governing body for approval. The modified PEOs are implemented after they are approved by the governing council.
934
Components of Mission To excel as a centre of Higher Education in the field of Mechanical Engineering.
Producing highly motivated, technically competent, morally strong graduates with deep roots in our culture and with ability to respond to global challenges, thereby delighting all stakeholders namely parents, employers and humanity at large.
935
The Mechanical Engineering Programme Curriculum is broadly composed of: Foundational education in Engineering Physics, Engineering Chemistry, Mathematics, IT and Engineering Workshop, English, Computer Programming and Data Structures, and Engineering Drawing during the 1st year. Focused study of the theoretical aspects of the core discipline and multi disciplinary courses like Electrical and Electronics Engineering
936
Core courses on the theoretical aspects in the 3rd year. Students are also required to undertake group and industry based mini-project in the 3rd year. Application based courses, professional and open electives in the fourth year A major project in the area of interest of the student in the final semester. Conduct of student seminars in all years / semesters. Focus of seminars in the initial year is to develop communication skills and over time to graduate to more technical content culminating in a research oriented seminar in the final semester.
937
Course Groups
Science &Humanities Courses
Core courses
Applications based Courses Group project and Mini Project Final Project
X
X X X X X X
Seminars
Breadth
X
938
1.3.2. Explain how administrative system helps in ensuring the attainment of the PEOs (15)
Activity Committee
Time Table Industrial Visits organizing committee Project Review Committee Technical Fests organizing committee
Functions
To prepare time table at the beginning of each semester course To schedule and conduct regular visits to industries in the vicinity and other states To allot projects to the group of students and regularly monitor the progress and evaluate the quality of projects To conduct various technical events on emerging trends from time to time To contact various reputed persons from R&D and Industries for arranging guest lectures for the benefit of the students and faculty To train and prepare the students for placement To solve problems faced by the students To guide and motivate faculty to apply various funded projects
To monitor the progress of class work , syllabus coverage and to Class Review Committee from time to time To plan remedial class slow learners
939
Professionalis m
Core Competence
Activity Committee
Time Table Industrial Visits organizing committee Project Review Committee Technical Fests organizing committee Guest Lectures organizing Committee Soft Skills enhancing Training Committee Grievances Committee R&D Advisory Committee Class Review Committee
X X X X X X
X X
940
Learning Environment
Preparation
Breadth
1.4 Assessment of the achievement of programme Educational Objectives (40) 1.4.1 Indicate tools and processes used in assessment of the achievement of the PEOs (25)
SNo PEOs Tools used to Assess Course surveys Exit surveys Employer surveys Alumni surveys Assignments Internal exams External exams Mini Project Major Project Course surveys Exit surveys Employer surveys Alumni surveys Frequency of Process of Assessing Assessment (yearly) Refer to (h) below Twice per course Refer to (i) below Once Refer to (j) below Once Refer to (k) below Once Refer to (a) below Eight per course Refer to (b) below Twice per course Refer to (c) below Once per course Refer to (d) below Once Refer to (e) below Once Refer to (h) below Twice per course Refer to (i) below Once Refer to (j) below Once Refer to (k) below Once
941
Preparation
Core Competence
S.No
PEOs
Process of Assessing
Refer to (d) below Refer to (e) below Refer to (g) below Refer to (i) below Refer to (j) below Refer to (k) below Refer to (f) below Refer to (d) below Refer to (e) below Refer to (i) below Refer to (j) below Refer to (k) below
Mini projects Final projects Industry surveys Breadth Exit surveys Employer surveys Alumni surveys Student seminars Mini projects Major projects Professionalism Exit surveys Employer surveys Alumni surveys
Course surveys Exit surveys Learning Employer surveys Environment Alumni surveys Student seminars
Refer to (h) below Refer to (i) below Refer to (j) below Refer to (k) below Refer to (f) below
Process followed in assessing the PEOs using the tools mentioned in the above table is explained below: a. Assignments Assignments are given to students in every unit of syllabus for each course and are evaluated for 3marks. The average of class average marks obtained in each course is used to assess the objectives. The objectives are assumed to be met if the class 943 average is above 3.
b. Internal exams Internal exams are conducted for 30 marks thrice in first year and thrice in a semester for each course. The average of class average marks obtained in each course is used to assess the objectives. The objectives are assumed to be met if the class average is above 18 out of 30. c. External exams External theory exams are conducted for 70 marks once in a year/semester in each course. The average of class average marks obtained in each course is used to assess the objectives. The objectives are assumed to be met if the class average is above 40 out of 70.
944
e. Major projects
Major projects are conducted during final year second semester for all students. The quality of the projects, the type of projects, project seminar presentations, and team work are all used to assess the objectives.
945
f. Student seminars Apart from project seminars, and technical seminars conducted as per the syllabus, student seminars are also conducted on a regular basis as part of the time table. Every student is encouraged to present at least one seminar every semester. The quality of the seminar presented, topic selected, communication skills, response to queries, and body language are used to assess the objectives.
946
g. Industry survey Industry survey form is used to collect feedback from industries visited by the students as part of industrial visits. The feedback is collected on a 5-point scale on all relevant PEOs the industry can give their opinion about. The PEOs are assumed to be met if the average points secured is above 3. h. Course survey (Student Feedback) Course survey is collected from all current students twice every semester on all courses to assess some of the PEOs on a 5-point scale. The PEOs are assumed to be met if the average points secured is above 3. 947
i. Exit survey Input from final year students is obtained on all aspects of the program during their second semester. The PEOs are evaluated and assessed based on the feedback collected form the students on 5-point scale. The PEOs are assumed to be met if the average points secured is above 3. j. Skills in demand Survey and Employer survey Assessment of PEOs is also done by obtaining feedback from the industry by way of employer survey at the end of every academic year. The PEOs are assumed to be met if the average 948 points secured in the survey is above 3.
k. Alumni survey Alumni are especially important in the assessment of PEOs since they have intimate knowledge of the program and, at the same time, also have experience in industry. Input from alumni is obtained by means of an alumni survey. The survey is sent to alumni who graduated either one or two years prior to the survey date. Thus the approach lets us gather input from alumni who graduated relatively recently and hence have more or less current knowledge of the program but also have some experience in the job market and hence can comment on how well the program prepared them for the profession. 949
The PEOs are assumed to be met if the average points secured in the survey is above 3.
l. Group discussions
On a regular basis the department conducts group discussions as part of the timetable and students are encouraged to take part in at least two group discussions per semester.
The PEOs are assessed based on their performance in these discussions by judging their team work, leadership skills, communication skills, etc.
950
1.4.2 Provide the evidences for the achievement of the PEOs (15)
a. The expected level of attainment for each of the programme educational objectives.
S No Programme Educational Objectives Expected Level of Attainment (on a scale of 5) 3 or above 3 or above
3 or above
3 or above 3 or above
951
b. Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis illustrating the extent to which each of the programme educational objectives is being attained.
Programme S No Educational Objectives
Objectives Attained
Student Seminars
Employer Survey
Group Discussions
Industry Survey
External Exams
Internal Exams
Alumni Survey
Course Survey
Final Projects
Mini Projects
Assignments
--
---
--
Core 4.4 3.7 3.2 -- -- -- -Competence PEO III Breadth ---- 3.8 3.8 -- -ProfessionaPEO IV ---- 4.4 4.5 4.5 -lism Learning PEO V ---- 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.1 Environment
----
----
Final Result
Exit Survey
953
c) How
the results are documented and maintained. All the tools and processes used to assess the programme educational objectives are well documented and all the relevant forms including results of the assessment are maintained in the department office. The results of the assessment are shared with all the stakeholders including students, parents, faculty, employers, alumni, management, and the Governing Body members by way of publishing them in the college website.
954
1.5. Indicate how the PEOs have been redefined in the past (10) As the process of assessment of PEOs was initiated only in the academic year 2011-12, and as the results of assessment have indicated that the PEOs have been met, they were not redefined in 2011-12.
955
2.1.1. List the Course Outcomes(COs) and Programme Outcomes (POs) (2) All the courses in the curriculum along with outcomes are given in Annexure-1 The programme outcomes(POs) are listed below:
956
a. Graduates will understand and demonstrate basic fundamentals in mathematics, science and engineering fields. b. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to design a product, conduct experiments on that and interpret, analyze data and optimize the results.
c. Graduates will understand and demonstrate the ability to design the mechanical system via thermal, design, manufacturing systems and their processes to meet desired specifications and requirements.
957
d. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to identify, formulate and solve mechanical engineering related problems. e. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to function on science and engineering laboratories teams as well as on multi disciplinary design teams.
f. Graduates will understand their professional and ethical responsibilities. g. Graduates will be able to communicate effectively in both verbal and written forms.
958
h. Graduates will have the confidence to apply engineering solutions in global and social environment contexts. i. Graduates should be capable of self education and clearly understand the ethical requirements of successful professional life. j. Graduates will be broadly educated and will have understanding of the impact of engineering on society and environmental issues. k. Graduates will be familiar with modern engineering software tool and equipments to optimize mechanical engineering problems.
959
2.1.2. State how and where the POs are published and disseminated (3)
Displayed in the offices of the department. Published in college website and student handbooks. Explained to students and their parents as part of the induction programme. Explained to newly joined faculty and staff members during a staff orientation programme.
for
The programme outcomes (a-k) are defined so as to meet the PEOs mentioned earlier
960
The NBA specified Graduate Attributes are Engineering Knowledge, Problem Analysis, Design/development of solutions, Investigation, Modern Tool Usage, The Engineer and Society, Environment and Sustainability, Ethics, Individual and Team work, Communication, Project Management and Finance and Life-long Learning. The POs are defined in alignment with the Graduate Attributes as specified by NBA to achieve the PEOs
961
2.1.4. Indicate how to defined POs are aligned to the Graduate Attributes prescribed by the NBA (10)
POs Programme Outcomes
a Graduates will understand and demonstrate basic fundamentals in mathematics, science and engineering fields.
Graduates will demonstrate the ability to design a product, conduct experiments on that and interpret, analyze data and optimize the results.
d-2
Graduates will understand and demonstrate the ability to design the mechanical system via thermal, design, manufacturing systems and it processes to meet desire specifications and requirements.
c-3
POs
d
Programme Outcomes
Mapp -ing
Graduates will demonstrate the ability to b-4 Investigation: identify, formulate and solve mechanical Conduct investigations of complex problems engineering related problems. using research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of information to provide valid conclusions. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to k-5 Modern Tool Usage: function on science and engineering Create, select and apply appropriate techniques, laboratories teams as well as on multi resources, and modern engineering and IT tools, disciplinary design teams. including prediction and modelling, to complex engineering activities, with an understanding of the limitations.
Graduates will understand their J,l,m-6 The Engineer and Society: professional and ethical responsibilities. Apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to professional engineering practice. Graduates will be able to communicate h-7 Environment and Sustainability: effectively in both verbal and written Understand the impact of professional forms. engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts and demonstrate knowledge of and need for sustainable 963 development.
POs
h
Programme Outcomes
Graduates will have the confidence to apply engineering solutions in global and social environment contexts.
Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of engineering practice. Graduates should be capable of self e-9 Individual and Team work and Life-long learning education and clearly understand the Function effectively as an individual, and as a ethical requirements of successful member or leader in diverse teams and in multiprofessional life. disciplinary settings. Graduates will be broadly educated and g-10 Communication: will have understanding of the impact Communicate effectively on complex of engineering on society and engineering activities with the engineering environmental issues. community and with society at large, such as being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions. Graduates will be familiar with modern e-11 Project Management and Finance: engineering software tool and Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of equipments to optimize mechanical engineering and management principles and engineering problems. apply these to ones own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
964
2.1.5. Establish the correlation between the POs and the PEOs (10)
PEOs a I X b X c d e X f g h i j k X
II
III IV V
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X X X X X X
X
X
2.2. Attainment of Programme Outcomes (40) 2.2.1. Illustrate how course outcomes contribute to the POs (10) The courses outcomes with POs are given in Annexure-1.
965
2.2.2. Explain how modes of delivery of courses help in attainment of the POs (10) Class room teaching is designed to utilize modern audio visual equipment like LCD projector with internet facility along with chalk board and OHP to improve the effectiveness of teaching (a). An industry expert lecture is arranged towards the end of the course completion to expose the students to practical industry applications and latest trends (d, h, e). Assignments are given to students with problems ranging from simple concepts to average and more difficult design problems (b,c).
966
Students are asked to present seminars related to the course to improve their presentation skills (f,g,i). Technical quizzes, group discussions are organised to educate the students about the impact of engineering on society and environment (j). Students are divided in groups of 6 each and group tasks and assignments are given to encourage peer learning and multi-disciplinary skills (e). Some topics which were not prescribed by the syllabus are included to prepare students for wide range of industrial surveys (a,d).
967
2.2.3. Indicate how assessment tools used to assess the impact of delivery of course/course content contribute towards the attainment of course outcomes/programme outcomes (10) The students are required to do one mini-project work at the end of 3rd year and a main project in 4th year 2nd semester The students are encouraged to do in-house design projects and multi-disciplinary projects. During the project duration the project groups have to present three seminars about the progress of the work
968
The laboratory courses are so designed as per the affiliating university instructions and also over and above the prescribed university syllabus A one-to-one interaction with the students is followed during the laboratory course work to measure and record the students performance and the extent to which the POs are achieved
969
2.2.4 Indicate the extent to which the laboratory and project course work are Contributing towards attainment of the POs (10)
Lab
English Language Lab I Engineering physics Lab I Engineering Chemistry Lab Computer Programming Lab IT Workshop I Engineering Workshop-I English Language Lab-II IT Workshop II Engineering Physics Lab-II Data structures and C++ Lab Basic Electrical Engineering lab Basic Electronics Engineering lab Metallurgy lab Mechanics Of Solids Lab
Attainment of
g b b k b b g b b k d d b b
970
Lab
Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery lab Manufacturing Processes lab Applied Thermodynamics lab Instrumentation Lab Metrology Machine Tools Lab Heat transfer lab
Attainment of
b b b b b b
k
k b b abcdk 45.54
971
2.3. Assessment of the attainment of the Programme Outcomes (125) 2.3.1 Describe assessment tools and processes used for assessing the attainment of each PO (25) The following tools are used for assessing the attainment of each PO Mid-term examinations Assignments University examinations Student technical seminars Comprehensive Viva-Voce Quality of project work
972
Quiz contests
Design Contests Technical paper presentations Performance in GRE/TOEFL/IELTS/CAT/GATE Placements Awards/Gold medals won by the students Students feedback on faculty, infrastructure, course coverage Alumni Survey Employer feedback Exit students survey
973
d) Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis illustrating the extent to which each of the programme outcomes are attained:
S No
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Programme Outcomes
a b c d e f g h i j k
Final Result
3.0 3.5 3.7 4.5 3.9 3.7 3.0 3.0 3.4 3.4 3.0
Attained
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
975
2.4.
Use of assessment results towards improvement of the programme (30) 2.4.1. Indicate how the results of assessment used for curricular improvements (5) Curriculum updates and PEO reviews: Review of curriculum: JNTU mode (2009-10): Curriculum is reviewed once in two years by the JNTU University Autonomous mode(2010-11): Curriculum is reviewed once in two years . The members of BOS are drafted from reputed industries (BHEL R&D,ARCI,) and Universities (JNTUH,OU )
977
The following subjects have been incorporated in Autonomous mode : 1. Human values, Ethics & IPR 2. Functional and Communicative Written English 3. Effective English Communication and Soft Skills 4. Logical Reasoning 5. Quantitative Aptitude 6. Engineering Chemistry-II 7. Probability & Statistics Flexibility in the academic years to introduce new elective subjects in between revision. The following elective subjects have been incorporated in Regulation 2010-11 Autonomous mode:
978
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE I
Nano Technology
OPEN ELECTIVE I
Basic Spanish language/ Basic French language/ Basic German language/ Computer Graphics Data Base Management System Total Quality management
OPEN ELECTIVE II
Banking Operations, Insurance and Risk Management, Entrepreneurship Logistics and Supply Chain Management 979
As stated above JNTU updates syllabus every two years. The institute, in association with other Engineering colleges, takes proactive action to come up with a document on improvements proposed in syllabus and submit to JNTU for consideration during syllabus revisions by JNTU. We are happy to inform that many of our suggestions are accepted and included in revised syllabus. Copies of our proposals to JNTU are available in the college for verification.
980
On our part, at college level as students move from semester to semester, we review changes in syllabus and plan to address the syllabus requirement every semester, where PEOs also get updated. Based on the needs identified, we draw our implementation program. We also conduct many programs beyond curriculum, for students to meet the Program Educational Objectives.
981
National events on students paper contest, poster presentation etc are conducted every year. College has established an Entrepreneurship development cell which conducts National level Innovation contests every year where students demonstrate products development by them and their applications in real life. In the Institute, we regularly conduct survey of JOB advertisement in national newspapers subscribed by the central library and identify the technical demand profile in the market. This information is used to identify the gaps in the curriculum of each branch. These gaps are filled through specific course modules by internal faculty or technical talks/lectures by experts from outside. 982
2.4.2. Indicate how results of assessment used for improvement of course delivery and assessment (10) Additional content to improve the course delivery
Course Training in Auto CAD Evaluation of Reliability Training in PROE and ANSYS Effective Teaching Workshop on Learning skills Soft Skills Enhancement PEOs strengthened II,V II II,V II II II Comments Awareness in on Auto CAD Introduction of different reliability evaluation techniques Awareness in CAD/CAM Preparing the students for competitive exams preparing the students for better understanding of courses Preparing the students for competitive exams
2.4.3. State the process used for revising/redefining the POs (15) Based on the needs of local and global employers, industry, advances in Technology and opportunities for higher studies, the department shall redefine POs. 983
Course Title
----
Credits
51001 English 51002 Mathematics I 51003 Engineering Mechanics 51004 Engineering Physics 51007 Engineering Drawing 51006 Computer Programming & data structures 51005 51609 Engineering Chemistry Engineering Physics and Chemistry lab 51608 Computer Programming Lab 51611 Engineering Workshop / IT Workshop Practice
Tutorials (T) 0 1 1 1 0
0 0 0
Practical* (P) 0 0 0 0 3
0 0 3
Total Hours 2 4 4 3 5
3 2 3
4 6 6 4 4 6 4 4
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
4
4
984
English Language 51610 Communication Skills Lab 53013 Environmental studies 54013 Production technology 57031 CNC technology Electrical and 53015 Electronics engineering 53016 Mechanics of Solids 53017 Thermodynamics 53018 Metallurgy and Materials Science Electrical and 53604 Electronics engineering lab 57029 Composite materials
0 3 4 3 4 3
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 3 4 4 5 4 5 5
4 3 4 3 3 3 4 4
4
4
3985
53014
3 3 3
1 1 1
0 0 0
4 4 4
3 3 3
54016
4 3 0 0
0 1 0 0
0 0 6 3
4 4 6 3
4 3 4 2
57027 Mechanical vibrations 54017 Machine Drawing 54604 Production technology lab Mechanics of Solids and
53605
Metallurgy Lab
55015 Managerial economics and Financial Analysis 56022 Automobile Engineering
986
55017
Dynamics of Machinary
4
3
1 1
0 0
5 4
4 3
55019
4
4
1
1
0
0
5
5
4
4
56020 Heat Transfer Mechanics Of Fluids 54605 and Hydraulic Machines lab 55605 Thermal Engineering
lab
56016 Industrial Management
4
987 4
57024 Cad/Cam
55016
56018
56019
Design of Machine
Members -II
55020
Applied Thermodynamics-II
55604
56605
Advanced English
0 4 3 3
0 1 0 1
3 0 0 0
3 5 3 4
2 4 3 3
988
57025
4
3 3 3 3
0
1 0
0
0 0
4
4 3
4
3 3
57028 Mechatronics
58021 Jet propulsion &Rocket Engineering 57030 Unconventional Maching Processes 58020
1
0
0
0
4
3
3
3
Renewable energy
sources
3 0 0
0 0 0
0 3 3
3 3 3
3 2 2
989
56604 Heat Transfer Lab 57606 Production Practice And Instrumentation Lab
58019
58015
3 3 3 3 0 0 3 0
1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 6 0 0 15
4 4 4 4 6 0 3 15
3 3 3 3 2 2 3 10
990
58016 Artificial Neural networks 58017 Reliability Engineering 58018 Maintenance & Safety Engineering 58610 Seminar 58609 Industry Oriented Mini Project 58020 Renewable energy sources 58611 Project Work
0 3 3
0 1 1
0 0 0
0 4 4
2 3 3
Automation in Manufacturing
Design for manufacturing Computer Aided Design & Manufactureing lab
57605
Engineering Optimizaion
3 1 0 4 3
A-10
Course code ---101EN01 English-I Course Title ---Total Number of contact hours Lectures Tutorials Practicals* (L) (T) (P/D) 3 0 0 Total Hours 3 3 Credits
3
3 2 3 2 0
1
1 1 1 0 0
0
0 0 0 4 2
4
4 3 4 6 2
3
3 2 3 4 1
101PH71
101IT71 101CH71
0
0 0
0
0 0
3/2
3 3/2
3/2
3 3/2
1
2 1992
0 0 3 3 3 1 3 3 4 0 0 0
0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0
1 1 2 3 3 2 3 3 4 1 1 2
993
101EN02 English-II 101MA03 Engineering Mathematics II 101PH03 Applied Physics 101ME02 Engineering Drawing -II 101CS01 Data Structures and C++ 101EE41
101ME03 Engineering Mechanics 101EN72 English Language Lab II 101PH72 Engineering Physics Lab II 101CS71 Data structures and C++ Lab
0
3 3 3 3 3 1 0 0
0
2 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
3/2
0 0 0 0 0 6 2 3/2
3/2
5 4 4 4 4 7 2 3/2
1
3 3 3 3 3 4 2 1
994
101ME06 Thermodynamics 101ME07 Mechanics of Solids 101ME08 Material Science &Metallurgy 101ME09 Machine Drawing Functional and 101EN73 Communicative Written English 101EE91 Basic Electrical Engineering lab
101CH03
101MA09
101ME10
101ME11
101ME12 101EN74 101ME13
Basic Electronics Engineering lab Metallurgy lab Mechanics Of Solids Lab Environmental Studies Probability and statistics for Mechanical Engineering Applied Thermodynamics-I Manufacturing Processes Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery Effective English Communication and Soft skills Kinematics of machinary
0 0 0
0 0 0
1 1 1
3
3 0 3
1
1 0 1
0
0 2 0
4
4 2 4
3
3 2 3
995
101ME77 101ME76
101ME75
101ME14
101ME15
101ME16 101ME17 101ME18
Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery lab Manufacturing Procesess lab Comprehensive Viva Open Elective(Foreign Language) Dynamics Of Machinery Metal Cutting &Machine Tools Applied Thermodynamics-II Design of Machine Members -I Metrology Instrumentation
0 0
0 0
3 3
3 3
2 2
0
2 3
0
2 1
0
0 0
0
4 4
1
2 3
3
3 4 3
1
1 0 1
0
0 0 0
4
4 4 4
3
3 4 3
996
101ME78 Group Project 101ME79 Applied Thermodynamics lab 101ME80 Metrology Machine Tools Lab 101MA71 Logical Reasoning-I 101FL01 Basic Spanish Language 101FL02 Basic French Language 101FL03 Basic German Language 101IT06 Computer Graphics 101IT03 Data Base Management System 101MB57 Total Quality Management Managerial 101MB01 economics and Financial Analysis
0 0 0 0 2 2 2
0 0 0 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 0 0 0 0
3 3 3 2 4 4 4
1 2 2 2 2 2 2
2
2 2 3
2
2 2 1
0
0 0 0
4
4 4 4
2
2 2 3
997
101CS03 Oops Through Java 101ME19 Design of Machine Members -II 101ME20 Heat transfer 101ME21 CAD/CAM 101BT37 Human Values, ethics & IPR 101MA72 Quantitative Aptitude 101ME81 Comprehensive Viva 101ME72 Heat transfer lab 101CS74 Oops Through Java lab 101ME22 Operation Reaserch 101ME23 Principle of Finite Element Method 101ME24 Automobile Engineering 101ME25 Refrigeration&Air Conditioning 101ME26 Nanotechnology 101MA73 Logical Reasoning II 101ME83 Pre Project Seminar
4
3 3 2 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3
0
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
0
0 0 0 2 0 3 3 0 0 0 0
4
4 4 2 2 0 3 3 4 4 4 4
4
3 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 3 3 3
3 0 0
1 2 0
0 0 0
4 2 2
3 2 2 998
101ME84 Industry Oriented Mini Project 101ME86 Production Drawing Practice Lab 101ME87 Instrumentation Lab 101ME27 Non conventional Sources Of Energy 101ME28 Robotics 101ME29 Mechatronics 101ME30 Automation in Manufacture Banking Operations, 101MB56 Insurance And Risk Management 101MB55 Entrepreneurship 101ME88 Project 101ME89 Comprehensive Viva 101ME90 Technical Seminar Logistics and 101MB54 Supply Chain Management
0 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 3
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 3/2 3/2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 3/2 3/2 4 4 4 4 3 3 0 0 0 3
2 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 10 2 2 3
999
4
1000
1001
Subject Code 51003 51006 51007 53013 53014 53015 53016 53017 53018 54013 54014 54015
Course
Core/ Elective
I Year
Engg.Mechanics CPDS Engg.Drawing Environmental Studies P &S Electrical and electronic engg. MOS Thermodynamics Core Core Core HSS HSS Breadth Core Core Core Core Core Core
II Year I Sem
Chemistry Maths-I &II Physics Maths-I &II, Physics Maths-I & II, Physics, Chemistry Chemistry, Physics Chemistry, Physics Maths-I & II, Physics Chemistry, Physics
1002
II Year II Sem
54016
54017 54018
MF&HM
Machine Drawing Numerical Methods
Core
Core HSS
III Year II Sem 56015 56016 56017 56018 56019 56020 57024 57025 57026 Industrial Management FEM Automobile Engg. R &AC DMM-II HT OR Power plant engg. CAD/CAM Instrumentation and Control System Robotics Mechanical Vibrations Mechatronics Composite materials UCM CNC Technologies Automation in Manufacturing Design for manufacturing Breadth Core Core Core Core Core Maths-I & II, Physics Physics, Chemistry Maths-I & II, Physics, Chemistry Maths-I & II, Physics Maths-I & II, Physics, Chemistry
IV Year I Sem Core Maths-I & II Core Physics, Chemistry Core Physics, Maths-I & II
57027
57028 57029 57030 57031 57032 57033 57034 57035
Breadth
Elective Elective Elective Elective Elective Elective Elective Elective
IV Year II Sem
58018
58012 58019 58020 58021 58022 58023 Production Planning and control Neural networks and fuzzy logic Reliability Engg. Maintenance and safety Engg. Plant layout and material handling
Core
Elective Elective Elective Elective Elective Elective
PT
Physics, Maths-I & II MEPA MEPA MMS Chemistry FM & HS
58024 58025
Elective Elective
3.1.3. Justify how the programme curriculum satisfies the programme specific criteria:
Programme specific criteria specified by ASME The ability apply principles of Engineering, basic science, and mathematics to model, analyze, design,and realize physical systems, components or processes; and work professionally in mechanical systems areas POs a,b,c,e,k
3.2 State the components of the curriculum and their relevance to the POs and the PEOs:
Course Component Curriculum Content (%of total number of credits of the programme) Total Total number of number contact of credits hours
8 8 6 15 4 9 12 10 17 6
POs
PEOs
a a k f a,c,d,e,h
II I,II II,III IV II
1006
Production technology Kinematics Of Machinary Applied Thermodynamics-I Mechanics Of Fluids and Hydraulic Machines Production technology lab Mechanics Of Fluids and Hydraulic Machines lab` Machine Drawing Numerical methods Metrology and surface engineering
4 4 4 4
4 3 3 4
3
3 6 4 4
2
2 4 3 3
b,e,d
b,d,e C,d,e,f,g,j a,k A,b,c,d,i.j
II
II III III I,II
1007
Dynamics Of Machinary Machine Tools Design of Machine Members -I Applied ThermodynamicsII Engineering Drawing IT Workshop /Engineering Workshop Electrical and Electronics engineering
5 4 5
4 3 4
4 5 3
3 4 4
I,II,III II II,IV
D,a
III
1008
Mechanics of Solids Thermodynamics Metallurgy and Materials Science Electrical and Electronics Engg lab
4 5 5 3 3 3 3 4 4 5
3 4 4 2 2 2 2 4 3 4
A,b,d,g,h,I,k A,b,d,e,f,h,I,j,k A,b,c,d,f,g,h B,d B,d B,c,d B,d F,g A,b,c,d,e,f,h B,c,d,e
Design of Machine Members -II Heat Transfer Heat Transfer lab Power plant Engineering Operation Research Cad/Cam Instrumentation and Control Systems Robotics Mechanical Vibrations Mechatronics Composite Materials Unconventional Machining Processes
4 5 3 4
3 4 2 3
5 5 4
4 4 4 4 4
4 4 4
3 3 3 3 3
A,b,c,k
A,b,d B,e,k A,b,e,f,i A,b,c,e B,c,d,e
CNC Technology Automation in Manufacturing Design for Manufacturing Computer Aided Design &Manufacturing lab Production Drawing Practice and Manufacturing Lab Production planning and Control Artificial Neural Networks Reliability Engineering
4 4
3 3
B,d,k A,b,g,h,I,j
IV,I II,I
4
3
3
2
B,c,d,e
B,d
I,II
II,III
3 4
2 3
B,d B,f,e,h,I,j,k
II,III III,IV
4
4
3
3
D,e,h,I,j,k
J,e,f,g,h,I,j,k
V.IV
III
1011
4
4 3 3 3 3
3
3 3 3 3 3 2
C,e,h,j,k
B,c,e,I,j,k H,j C,e,I,j,k A,c,e,I,k B,d,e,k B,c,d,f,g,h,I,k B,c,d,f,g,h,I,k B,c,d,f,g,h,I,k B,c,d,f,g,h,I,k
III,V
III,V V III,I III,II III,II V,IV,III,I,II V,IV,III,I,II V,IV,III,I,II V,IV,III,I,II
1012
6 15
2 10 2
A10
Course Component Curriculum Content (%of total number of credits of the programme) Total Total number of number of contact credits hours
18 20 24 18 6 3/2 12 11 16 15 4 1
POs
PEOs
Mathematics Science Computing Humanities Professional core Engineering Drawing-I Engineering Workshop -I Engineering Drawing -II Basic Electrical Engineering Engineering Mechanics
A a k F C,d,e,f,g,j A,c,d,i
4
5 5
2
3 4
C,d,e,f,g,j
A,d A,c,d,e,h
III
III II
1013
Engineering Workshop II Electronics for Mechanical Engineering Thermodynamics Mechanics of Solids Material Science &Metallurgy Machine Drawing Basic Electrical Engineering lab Basic Electronics Engineering lab Metallurgy lab Mechanics Of Solids Lab Environmental Studies
1 3 3 3 3 4 1 1
3/2
3/2 4
1
1 3
D,a
D,a F,h,j
III
III V
1014
Applied Thermodynamics-I Manufacturing Processes Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinary Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinary lab Manufacturing Procesess lab Comprehensive Viva Dynamics Of Machinery Kinematics Of Machinery Metal Cutting &Machine Tools Applied Thermodynamics-II
4 4 4
3 3 3
A,b,d,e,f,h,I,j,k d b,e,d,k,j
II II,I II,I
3 3
2 2 1
II II V,IV,III,I,II II,III
4
4 4
3
3 3
a,b,c,e
B,d,e,k,j A,b,d,e,f,h,I,j,k
I,II,III
I,II,III II
1015
Design of Machine Members -I Metrology Instrumentation Basic French Language Basic German Language Computer Graphics Data Base Management System Total Quality Management Managerial economics and Financial Analysis
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
4 3 2 2 2 2 2 3
4 5 4 2
4 3 3 2 1
A,b,c,e
I,ii
3 4
2 3
4
4 4
3
3 3
A,b,c,d,e,f,h
A,b,c B,c,d,e
I,II
I,II I,II
1017
3 3
1 2
B,c,d,f,g,h,I,k b,d,e
V,IV,III,I,II II
b,d,e
II
Logical Reasoning-I
Basic Spanish Language Production Drawing Practice Lab Instrumentation Lab Nanotechnology Logical Reasoning II Pre Project Seminar
2
4 3/2 3/2 4 2
2
2 1 1 3 2 2
A,e
g b,d,e b,d,e B,c,d,I,j,k A,e B,c,d,f,g,h,I,k
III
IV II II I,II,III III V,IV,III,I,II
1018
Industry Oriented Mini Project Non conventional Sources Of Energy Robotics Mechatronics Automation in Manufacture Banking Operations, Insurance And Risk Management Entrepreneurship Project Comprehensive Viva-II Technical Seminar
B,c,d,f,g,h,I,k
V,IV,III,I,II
4 4 4 4
3 3 3 3
3 3
3 3 10 2 2
Logistics and Supply Chain Management Management Science Jet Propulsion and Rocket Engines Computational Fluid Dynamics Composite Materials
F,I,j,k,e
II,I
F,I,j,k,e
II,I
C,e,I,j,k
III,I
A,c,e,I,k
III,II
A,b,c,e
I,II
1020
3.3 State core engineering subjects and their relevance to Programme Outcomes including design experience(60): R09
Course Component
Mathematics Science Computing Humanities Professional core Engineering Mechanics Production technology Kinematics Of Machinary Applied Thermodynamics-I Mechanics Of Fluids and Hydraulic Machines Production technology lab Mechanics Of Fluids and Hydraulic Machines lab Machine Drawing Numerical methods
POs
a a k f
a,c,d,e,h d a,b,c,e a,b,d,f,h,i.j,k b,e,d,k,j b,e,d b,d,e c,d,e,f,g,j 1021 a,k
Metrology and surface engineering Dynamics Of Machinary Machine Tools Design of Machine Members -I Applied Thermodynamics-II Engineering Drawing IT Workshop /Engineering Workshop Electrical and Electronics engineering Mechanics of Solids Thermodynamics Metallurgy and Materials Science Electrical and Electronics Engg lab Mechanics of Solids and Metallurgy Lab Thermal Engineering lab Metrology and Machine tools Lab Industrial Management Finite Element Methods
a,b,c,d,i.j a,d,f,h,j b,d,e,k,j a,b,c,e b,c,d,e, a,b,c,d,f a,c,d,i d,a a,b,d,g,h,I,k a,b,d,e,f,h,I,j,k a,b,c,d,f,g,h b,d b,d b,c,d b,d f,g a,b,c,d,e,f,h 1022
Refrigeration And Air conditioning Design of Machine Members -II Heat Transfer Heat Transfer lab Power plant Engineering Operation Research Cad/Cam Instrumentation and Control Systems Robotics Mechanical Vibrations Mechatronics Composite Materials
b,c,d,e a,b,c,e a,b,c,d,e,h,k b,c,d a,b,c,d,e,h,I,k a,b,e a,b,c,d,e,h a,b,c,k a,b,d b,e,k a,b,e,f,i a,b,c,e
1023
Refrigeration And Air conditioning Design of Machine Members -II Heat Transfer Heat Transfer lab Power plant Engineering Operation Research Cad/Cam Instrumentation and Control Systems Robotics Mechanical Vibrations Mechatronics Composite Materials Refrigeration And Air conditioning Design of Machine Members -II Heat Transfer Heat Transfer lab Power plant Engineering Operation Research Cad/Cam
b,c,d,e a,b,c,e a,b,c,d,e,h,k b,c,d a,b,c,d,e,h,I,k a,b,e a,b,c,d,e,h a,b,c,k a,b,d b,e,k a,b,e,f,i a,b,c,e b,c,d,e a,b,c,e a,b,c,d,e,h,k b,c,d a,b,c,d,e,h,I,k a,b,e a,b,c,d,e,h 1024
A 10
Course Component Mathematics Science Computing Humanities Professional core Engineering Drawing-I Engineering Workshop -I Engineering Drawing -II Basic Electrical Engineering Engineering Mechanics Engineering Workshop II Electronics for Mechanical Engineering Thermodynamics Mechanics of Solids Material Science &Metallurgy POs a a k F c,d,e,f,g,j a,c,d,i c,d,e,f,g,j a,d a,c,d,e,h a,c,d,i a,d a,b,d,e,f,h,I,j,k a,b,d,g,h,I,k a,b,c,d,f,g,h 1025
Machine Drawing Basic Electrical Engineering lab Basic Electronics Engineering lab Metallurgy lab Mechanics Of Solids Lab Environmental Studies Applied Thermodynamics-I Manufacturing Processes Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinary Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinary lab Manufacturing Procesess lab Comprehensive Viva Dynamics Of Machinery Kinematics Of Machinery Metal Cutting &Machine Tools Applied Thermodynamics-II Design of Machine Members -I Metrology Instrumentation
c,d,e,f,g,j d,a d,a d,a d,a f,h,j a,b,d,e,f,h,I,j,k d b,e,d,k,j b,d,e b,d,e b,c,d,f,g,h,I,k a,d,f,h,j a,b,c,e b,d,e,k,j a,b,d,e,f,h,I,j,k a,b,c,e a,b,c,d,i.j
1026
Basic French Language Basic German Language Computer Graphics Data Base Management System Total Quality Management Managerial economics and Financial Analysis Design of Machine Members -II Heat transfer CAD/CAM Quantitative Aptitude Comprehensive Viva Heat transfer lab Operation Reaserch Principle of Finite Element Method Automobile Engineering Refrigeration&Air Conditioning Group Project Applied Thermodynamics lab Metrology Machine Tools Lab Logical Reasoning-I
g g a,j,k, k,j,I, f,I,j,k,e h,h,I,j,k a,b,c,e a,b,c,d,e,h,k a,b,c,d,e,h a,e,f,g,h,I b,c,d,f,g,h,I,k b,d,e a,b,e a,b,c,d,e,f,h a,b,c b,c,d,e b,c,d,f,g,h,I,k b,d,e b,d,e a,e
1027
Basic Spanish Language Production Drawing Practice Lab Instrumentation Lab Nanotechnology Logical Reasoning II Pre Project Seminar Industry Oriented Mini Project Non conventional Sources Of Energy Robotics Mechatronics Automation in Manufacture Banking Operations, Insurance And Risk Management Entrepreneurship Project Comprehensive Viva-II Technical Seminar Logistics and Supply Chain Management Management Science Jet Propulsion and Rocket Engines Computational Fluid Dynamics Composite Materials
g b,d,e b,d,e B,c,d,I,j,k a,e b,c,d,f,g,h,I,k b,c,d,f,g,h,I,k b,c,d,e a,b,d a,b,e,f,I a,b,g,h,I,j f,g,h,j,k f,g,h,j,k b,c,d,f,g,h,I,k b,c,d,f,g,h,I,k b,c,d,f,g,h,I,k f,I,j,k,e f,I,j,k,e c,e,I,j,k a,c,e,I,k a,b,c,e
1028
S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Details of internship Name of the industry Student Mini Project ITW SIGNODE NUCLEAR FUEL COMPLEX,HYD HITECH HYDRAULIC ENGINEERS NTPC SAT VENI Engg SCIENCE BDL Lokesh Machine tools APGENCO Secunderabad Diesel loco shed NFC BHEL NTPC
1029
3.5 Curriculum Development (15): 3.5.1 State the process for designing the programme curriculum (5): The process of designing a curriculum program that includes components that meet the PEOs. The curriculum program design committee, with representatives of various stakeholders in the University system and industry , will be responsible for the design process. The process sequence is as fallows: Department curricula Design Committee Board of studies members Academic Council University approval.
1030
3.5.2. Illustrate the measures and processes used to improve courses and curriculum (10):
Following measures are taken to improve the courses and curriculum Suggestions from Academicians from Universities , NITS and IIT taken Industry Survey is carried out to find the gaps between existing course and industry requirements Skills in Demand survey from the job Advertisements Suggestions from Academicians from R&D institution taken Additional Contents to Bridge Curriculum Gaps Content beyond syllabus
1031
Total Hours
Credits
51001 51002 51003 51004 51005 51006 51007 51608 51609 51610 51611
English Maths-I Engg.Mechanics Engg. Physics Engg. Chemistry CPDS Engg.Drawing CP Lab EP/EC lab ELCS lab WS/IT lab Total
2 3 3 2 2 3 2 17
1 1 1 3
3 3 3 3 3 15
2 4 4 3 2 3 5 3 3 3 3 35
4 6 6 4 4 6 4 4 4 4 4 50
1032
II Year I Sem
53013
53014
53015 53016 53017
53018 53604
53605
Environmental Studies P &S Electrical and electronic engg. MOS Thermodynamics Metallurgy and material science Electrical and electronic engg lab Metallurgy / MOS lab Total
3
4 3 4
1
1 1 1
4
5 4 5
3
4 3 4
4 21
1 5
3
3 6
5 3
3 32
4 2
2 25
1033
II Year II Sem 4 3 1 3 4 1 -
4 4 4 4 6
4 3 3 4 4
3
17
1
3
3 3 12
4
3 3 32
3
2 2 25 1034
IV Year I Sem
57024 57025 57026 OR Power plant engg. CAD/CAM Instrumentation and Control System Elective - I Robotics Mechanical Vibrations Mechatronics Composite materials Elective - II UCM CNC Technologies Automation in Manufacturing Design for manufacturing CAD/CAM lab Production drawing/ Instrumentation lab Total 4 3 4 1 1 1 5 4 5 4 3 4
57027
57028 57029 57030 57031 57032 57033
57034
57035 57604 57605
21
3 3 6
3 3 32
2 2 25 1036
IV Year II Sem
58018 Production Planning and control Elective - I Neural networks and fuzzy logic Reliability Engg. Maintenance and safety Engg. Plant layout and material handling Elective - II Renewable Energy sources Jet propulsion and rocket Engg. Computational Fluid Dynamics Gas dynamics Industry oriented mini project Seminar Project work Comprehensive viva Total 3 1 4 3
6 15 21
6 15 32
2 2 10 2 25 1037
I Year I Semester
S.No. Subject Code Subject L T P/D C Max. Marks INT EXT 30 70 30 70 30 30 30 30 25 25 25 25 25 25 330 70 70 70 70 50 50 50 50 50 50 720 1038
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
121EN01 English-I 121MA01 Engineering Mathematics-I 121PH01 121CH01 1211IT01 121ME01 Engineering Physics-I Engineering Chemistry-I Computer Programming Engineering Drawing-I
3 3 3 2 3 2 ------------16
--2 1 1 1 --------------5
3 3 3 2 3 4 1 1 1 2 1 1 25
121EN71 English Language Lab-I 121PH71 Engineering Physics Lab I 121CH71 Engineering Chemistry Lab Computer Programming Lab 121ME71 Engineering Workshop - I 121IT72 IT Workshop - I Total 121IT71
I Year II Semester
S.No. 1 2 Subject Code 121EN02 English-II Max. Marks Subject L 2 3 T 1 2 P/D -----C 2 3 INT 30 30 EXT 70 70 70 70
3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
121CS01
121ME02 121CH02 121ME03 121PH03 121EN72 121CS71 121ME72
4
1 2 4 3 -------
1
--1 1 1 -------
4
2 2 4 3 1 2 1
30
30 30 30 30 25 25 25
70
70 70 50 50 50 50
11
121PH73
---
---
3/2
25
Total
19
11
25
310
690
1039
II Year I Semester
S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Subject Code Subject L 3 3 4 3 3 3 --T 2 1 1 1 1 2 --P/D ------------2 C 3 3 4 3 3 3 2 Max. Marks
121MA05 Engineering Mathematics -III 121EC01 121ME06 121ME07 121ME08 121EE41 121EN74 Electronics for Mechanical Engineering Thermodynamics Mechanics of Solids Metallurgy & Material Science Basic Electrical Engineering Effective English Communication and Soft Skills
INT 30
30 30 30 30 30 25
EXT 70
70 70 70 70 70 50
8
9 10 11
121EE91
121EC84 121ME73 121ME74
---------
---------
3/2
3/2 3/2 3/2
1
1 1 1
25
25 25 25
50
50 50 50
1040
Total
19
25
305
670
II Year II Semester
S.No. Subject Code Subject L T P/D C Max. Marks
INT
EXT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Environmental Studies Probability and Statistics Applied Thermodynamics-I Manufacturing processes Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machinery
3 3 3 3 3 1 ---
1 2 1 1 1 -----
----------6 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 2
30 30 30 30 30 30 25
70 70 70 70 70 70 50
121ME12 Machine Drawing 121EN74 Effective English Communication and Soft Skills 121ME75 Comprehensive Viva 121ME76 Manufacturing Processes Lab 121ME77 Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machinery Lab
8 9 10
-------
------6
--3 3 14
1 2 2 25
--25 25 255
50 50 50 620
1041
Total 16
Subject
Open Elective-I
L
3
T P/D
----
C
3
EXT
70
2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3
3 3 3 3
1
1 1 1 1
----------3 3 3 3 12
3
3 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 25
30
30 30 30 30 25 25 25 25 280
70
70 70 70 70 50 50 50 50 620
1042
Open Elective I
121FL01 121FL02 121FL03 121IT06 121IT03 121CS03
S.No. 1 Subject Code 121MB49
Spanish French German Computer Graphics Data Base Management Systems Object oriented programming through Java
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3 3 3 3 3 --------18
1 1 1 1 1 --------6
----------3 --3 3 9
3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 25
30 30 30 30 30 25 -25 25 255
70 70 70 70 70 50 50 50 50 620
*** Industry Oriented Min Project will be conducted by all students in summer vacation of III/IV B.Tech, II semester for a period of One month. The report must be submitted in IV/IV B.Tech I-Semester 1043 and will have to be defended. Marks allotted are 75 and Two Credits are provided.
IV Year I Semester
S.No. Subject Code Subject L T P/D C Max. Marks INT EXT 30 70 30
30 30 30 30 30 50 25 25 25
121ME23
2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
121ME24
121ME25
Principle of Finite Element Method Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Power Plant Engineering Professional Elective-I Professional Elective-II Open Elective-II Culture, Values, and Professional Ethics Pre Project Seminar Industry Oriented mini Project CAD/CAM Lab Production Drawing Practice Lab
---
---
4
3 3 3 3 2 ---------
----------------3 3
4
3 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 2
70
70 70 70 70 70 --50 50 50
Total 22
29
335
1044 640
Professional Elective I
121ME26 121ME27 121ME28 121ME29 Production Planning and Control Automobile Engineering Non-conventional Source of energy Jet propulsion and Rocket Engines
Professional Elective II
121ME30 121ME31 121ME32 121ME33 Robotics Mechatronics Design for Manufacturing Rapid Proto typing
Open Elective II
121MB54 121MB55 121MB56
121MB57
Logistics and Supply chain management Entrepreneurship Banking operations, Insurance and Risk Management Total Quality Management 1045
IV Year II Semester
S.No . Subject Code Subject L T P/D C Max. Marks INT EXT 3 30 70 4 30 70 10 50 150 2 --- 50 2 25 --21 135 340
1 2 3 4 5
121MB50 Management Science Professional Elective - III 121ME88 Project 121ME89 Comprehensive Viva 121ME90 Technical Seminar Total
3 4 ------7
1 --------1
-------------
1046
24
24
12
144
144
129
1047
4.1. Success Rate (20) Provide data for the past seven batches of students
Year of entry (in reverse chronological order CAY(12-13) CAYm1(11-12) CAYm2(10-11) CAYm3(09-10)
Number of students admitted in 1st year + admitted via lateral entry in 2nd year (N1 + N2)
82 74 77 62 75 82
Success rate = 20 mean of success index (SI) for past three batches SI = (Number of students who graduated f r o m the programme in the stipulated period of course duration)/ (Number of students admitted in the first year of that batch and admitted in 2nd year via lateral entry)
Item
Number of students admitted in the corresponding First Year + admitted via lateral entry in 2nd year Number of students who have graduated in the stipulated period
0.8787
0.8785
0.91667
1049
Item Number of admitted students corresponding to LYG including lateral entry (N) Number of students who obtained jobs as per the record of placement office (x1) Number of students who found employment otherwise at the end of the final year (x2) x=x1+x2 Number of students who opted for higher studies with valid qualifying scores/ranks (y) Assessment points
65
5
85
2
53
15
70 30
87 25
68 30
16.28
16.89
15.98
1051
4.3 Professional Activities (15) 4.3.1 Professional societies / chapters and organizing engineering events (3) (Instruction: The institution may provide data for past three years).
Professional Societies/Chapters
IEEE Students Chapter ISTE Students chapter Robotics Club
1052
4.3.2. Organisation of paper contests, design contests, etc. and achievements (3) (Instruction: The institution may provide data for past three years).
Student awards and achievements in the year 2011-2012
S.No. Name of the student Roll No. Year Participant Institution/Organizati on Prize
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Ist prize 2nd prize 2nd prize Participation Participation Participation Participation Participation Participation
1053
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011
Participation Participation Participation Participation Participation Participation Participation Participation Ist (800 m), IInd (400 m) Ist (100 m)
1054
20
2011
IInd (Group dance) IInd (Group dance) Ist (Group dance) Ist (paper presentation) Ist (Volleyball) 2nd prize Ist prize 2nd prize 1st prize Special prize Special prize 1st prize 1st prize 2nd prize Ist prize Iind Prize Ist Prize IInd place
1055
21 22 23 24 25 26
S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Participation Institution/Organization
Prize Runnerup First prize First prize 1st prize 1st prize Goldmedal IInd carom IInd (Volleyball) IIIrd (800m) IIIrd (200m) IInd (Volleyball) IInd (table tennis) IInd carom IInd volleyball 1st (Poster presentation) 1st (Poster presentation) IInd (Volleyball)
1056
9 10 11 12
13
2012
14
2012
Ist (Volleyball)
IInd Volleyball
15
2012
Ist (group dance) Ist (oous) 1st prize IInd prize Ist prize Participation Participation Ist prize Participation 1st prize
1057
16 17
2012 2012
18 19
2012 2012
20.
2012
4.3.3. Publication of technical magazines, newsletters, etc. (3) (Instruction: The institution may list the publications mentioned earlier along with the names of the editors, publishers, etc.).
Name of the Technical magazines/ Newsletters/ Activities Editorial Board Members Publishers
Publishers
Arts Club
1059
4.3.4. Entrepreneurship initiatives, product designs, and innovations (3) (Instruction: The institution may specify the efforts and achievements.)
S.No
1
Date
Venue of college/Institute
No. of Students
2 3
4
1060
4.3.5 Publications and awards in inter-institute events by students of the programme of study (3) (Instruction: The institution may provide a table indicating those publications, which fetched awards to srudents in the events/conferences organized by other institutes. A tabulated list of all other students publications may be included in the appendix.)
S. No.
1 2 3 4
Roll No.
Year
2011 2011 2011 2011
Participant Institution/Organization
Prize
2nd prize Participation Participation Participation
1061
2011
Participation
6
7 8 9 10
2011
2011 2011 2011 2011
Participation
Participation Participation Participation Participation
11
12
2011
2011
Participation
Participation
13
2011
Participation
1062
14
15 16 17 18 19
2011
2011
Participation
Participation 2nd prize Ist prize 2nd prize 1st prize
2011
Special prize
Special prize 1st prize 1st prize 2nd prize
20
2011
Ist Prize
1063
Year
II/IV II/IV II/IV II/IV II/IV II/IV II/IV II/IV II/IV II/IV II/IV II/IV II/IV II/IV II/IV
Participant Institution/Organization
Robotics club, March 2009
Prize
Ist Prize
Robotics club
Ist Prize
Robotics club
Ist Prize
Robotics club
Ist Prize
1064
16 17 18 19 20
Robotics club
Ist Prize
Ist Prize
21 22 23
Sports meet 09
Ist Prize
24
II/IV
2nd Prize
ii)
Ist Prize
1065
1st Year
UG
PG
1066
127
141
134
126
140
134
401
401
34
34
11.79
11.79
CAY (2012-13)
144
143
125
412
28
14.71
20 20
1067
Average Assessment
For Item Nos. 5. 2 to 5. 8, the denominator term (N) is computed as follows: N = Maximum {N1, N2}, N1 = Total Number of Faculty Members in the Program (considering the fractional load), N2 = Number of Faculty positions needed for Student Teacher Ratio (STR) of 15.
Year
CAYm2
CAYm1
N1 34 34
N2 27 27
N = Max. (N1,N2) 34 34
CAY
28
28
28
= = = = =
20 * CRI Cadre Ratio Index 2.25 ( 2x + y ) / N; subject to Max. CRI = 1.0 Number of professors in the program Number of associate professors in the program
1068
x 14 13 11
y 6 6 4
N 34 34 28
Assessment 20 20 20
Average Assessment
20
where
x y z
5.4 Faculty Competencies Correlation to Programme Specific Criteria (15) Sl. No.
1
3 4 5
6
1070
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14
15 16 17 18 19 20
1071
9 34 0.8
90 28 9.64 4.10
1072
where points assigned to a faculty = 1 point for each year of experience at the Institute but not exceeding 5.
Item CAYm2 2009-10 19 CAYm1 CAY 2010-11 2011-12 6 9 7 4 2 1 13 36 90 9.64 9.28
1073
of faculty with of faculty with of faculty with of faculty with of faculty with of faculty with
experience < l year (x0) 1 to 2 years experience (x1) 2 to 3 years experience (x2) 3 to 4 years experience (x3) 4 to 5 years experience (x4) experience > 5years (x5)
Sum N (Number of faculty positions required for an STR of 15) Assessment FRP = 4x Sum/N
FRP Points (Max. 5 per faculty) CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY 1 5 1 2 3 1 1 3 1 3 1 1 1 2 5 0 0 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 8 24 10 34 34 28 1.43 1.731075
Average Assessment
1076
FRDC = Faculty R&D and Consultancy work Assessment of R&D and Consultancy Projects = 4 * Sum of FRDC by each faculty / N. (Instruction : A faculty member scores maximum 5 points, depending upon the amount). A suggestive scheme is given below for a minimum amount of Rs. 1 lakh) 5 points for funding by National Agency, 4 points for funding by State Agency, 4 points for funding by private sector, and 2 points for funding by the sponsoring Trust/Society
1077
5
5 15 1.33 1.88
1078
10 19 2.1
Average Assessment
CAYm2 (10-11)
3 3 3 3 3 5
3 3
3 3
26 19
2.73
34 18
3.77 Average Assessment
3 29 15 3.86
1080 3.45
Usage
I year MECH(A)
Shared / Exclusive
Exclusive
Capacity
75
I year MECH(B)
II year MECH(A) II year MECH(B)
Exclusive
Exclusive Exclusive Exclusive
75
75 75 75
1081
Exclusive 75 Exclusive
75
Exclusive
Black board, White screen, Multimedia projector, OHP, CPU with Internet and 2 ACs. Black board, White screen, Multimedia projector, OHP, CPU with Internet and 2 ACs. Black board, White screen, LCD, OHP, CPU with Internet and 2 ACs. Black board, White screen, Multimedia projector, OHP, CPU with Internet and 2 ACs.
1082
75
Exclusive 38
I year MECH
Exclusive
38
Tutorial Room IV year MECH No 2214A Seminar Hall 7102 For MECH Students
Exclusive
38
Exclusive
132
Exclusive
132
Black board, White screen, Multimedia projector, OHP, CPU with Internet and 2 ACs. Black board, White screen, Multimedia projector, OHP, CPU with Internet and 2 ACs. Dias, White screen, Black board, Multimedia projector, OHP, CPU with Internet, Microphone with speakers, fully air conditioned. Dias, White screen, Black board, Multimedia projector, OHP, CPU with Internet, Microphone with speakers, fully air conditioned.
1083
Faculty Rooms
Room Description
Usage
Shared / Exclusive
Exclusive
Principal room,5103
Principal
Exclusive
HOD
Exclusive
Professor
Exclusive
Rooms Equipped with Capacity PC, Internet, Book rack, meeting space 1+ 20(for Centralized AC, Internet staff with PC- 1 No. , Printer, meeting) Scanner, land phone, intercom, mini library( two cup boards) 1+ 10(for Centralized AC, Internet staff with PC- 1 No. , Printer, meeting) Scanner, land phone, intercom, mini library( two cup boards) 1+ 5(for staff Centralized AC, Internet meeting) with PC- 1 No. , Printer, Scanner, land phone, intercom, mini library( two cup boards) 2+5 PC with Internet- 1 No. , (students Mini Library (in two cup interaction) boards)
1084
Professor
Exclusive
Professor
Exclusive
Professor
Exclusive
Professor
Exclusive
Professor
Exclusive
PC with Internet1 No. , Mini Library (in two cup boards) 2+5 (students PC with Internetinteraction) 1 No. , Mini Library (in two cup boards) 2+5 (students PC with Internetinteraction) 1 No. , Mini Library (in two cup boards) 2+5 (students PC with Internetinteraction) 1 No. , Mini Library (in two cup boards) 1+5(students PC with Internet interaction) 1 No. , Mini Library (in two cup boards)
1085
Professor Room-7
Professor
Exclusive
1+5(students interaction)
Associate Professor Room-1 2128 Associate Professor Room-2 2107 Associate Professor Room-3 TDTC room Staff room MOS Lab/MMS lab TE Lab Staff room-2214C
Associate Professor
Exclusive
1+5(students interaction)
2-Associate Professor 1 Assoc. Prof and 1 Asst. Prof . 1 Assoc. Prof. 3-Asst. Prof. 1-Asst. Prof 8-Asst. Prof.
Shared
1+5(students interaction) 1+5(students interaction) 1+5(students interaction) 1+5(students interaction) 1+5(students interaction) 1+2 (students interaction)
PC with Internet 1 No. , Mini Library (in two cup boards) PC with Internet 1 No. , Mini Library (in two cup boards) PC -2 Nos with internet facility PC -2 Nos with internet facility PC -1 Nos with internet facility PC -2 Nos with internet facility PC -1 Nos with internet facility
Shared
1086
6.1.3 Acoustics, class room size, conditions of chairs/benches, air circulation, lighting, exits, ambience, and such other amenities/facilities (5) Acoustics : Good. Class room size : 7.32 X 11 sq-meters. Conditions of Chairs / Benches : Good Air circulation : Good (6 Windows, Air conditioners, 6 fans) Lighting : 9 Numbers florescent tubes each of 40 watts. Exit : Entry and exit same door Ambience : Good. Internet : Wifi facility of Bandwidth 24 Mbps. Safety Equipment : Fire Extinguisher.
1088
6.2.2 Room equipped with white/black board, computer, internet, and such other amenities/facilities (5) Yes, Equipped with black board, computer and Internet 6.2.3 Usage of room for discussion/counseling with students (5)
Lab manuals
Metrology Lab
1 labs, each 71.23 sq.m/25 Exclusive use students 60 Sq.m/18 students 130.43Sq.m
Available and provided to the students Available and provided to the students Available and provided to the students Available and provided to the students
1090
21
Exclusive use
130.43Sq,m
Exclusive use
130.43Sq,m
12
12
10
10
CAD / Lab
12
12
Good and working condition Good and working condition Good and working condition Good and working condition Good and working condition Good and working condition Good and working condition
Available and provided to the students Available and provided to the students Available and provided to the students Available and provided to the students Available and provided to the students Available and provided to the students Available and provided to the students
1091
Adequate 6.3.2 Availability of computing facilities in the department (5) Adequate 6.3.3 Availability of laboratories with technical support within and beyond working hours (5) Yes, upto 7.00 P.M
1092
6.3.4 Equipments to run experiments and their maintenance, Number of students per experimental set up, Size of the laboratories, overall ambience etc. (5) Equipment : student = 1:3 Total Area of 2102 LAB 213.69 sq.m. Total Area of 2203 LAB 177.7 sq.m. Overall ambience Good
1093
Metrology and Engineering ITI Inspection, (Draughtsman Industrial Overall Foreman Exclusive 14.02.2000 -Mechanical) Hydraulic and Authority. Rs.16372 1971; Pneumatic LME-1978 control Certifications at ATI Metrology and Engineering Responsible for Lab Inspection SSC,ITI(Fitter)Black smithy Technician Shared 20.10.1997 certification and 1992-94 and sand Rs.12658 workshop on testing shop TIG welding at ATI Calibration and Dimensional Responsible for Lab SSC; ITI Pursuing Instrument and molding, house Technician Shared 22.10.1997 DraughtsmanDiploma measurement wiring, and Rs.12658 Civil-1986, certification at fitting shop ATI
1094
6.4.1. Availability of adequate and qualified technical supporting staff for program specific labs (10) Adequate 6.4.2. Incentives, skill up grade and professional advancement (5)
Name of the Staff Year 4 times 3 times 5 times 3 times 4 times 3 times 2012 2012 Award Best Staff Best Staff Best Staff Best Staff Best Staff Best Staff Best Staff Best Staff
1095
36
34
120
118
Instruction: The intake of the students during the last three years against the sanctioned capacity may be reported here.)
1097
Admission quality (for information only) Divide the total admitted ranks (or percentage marks) into five or a few more meaningful Ranges
Rank range CAY 00 58 70 46 3 CAYm1 CAYm2 00 43 37 38 02 00 44 36 37 03 CAYm3 01 47 32 34 04
0-1000
1001-10000 10001--50000 > 50000 Admitted without rank
(Instruction: The admission quality of the students in terms of their ranks in the entrance examination may be presented here.)
1098
Tabular data for estimating student-teacher ratio and faculty qualification for first year common Courses List of faculty members teaching first year courses:
Name of faculty Qualifica Designation tion Professor Professor Professor Associate Professor Date of joining 24-03-2011 11-08-2011 03-03-2003 23-10-2006
Distribution of Department teaching load with which (%) associated 1st UG PG year
Mech Mech Mech Mech 50 50 50 33 50 50 33 33
1099
50 -
Associate Professor
Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
Assistant Professor
23-10-2006
20-04-2001 19-07-2006 16-10-2006
23-10-2006
Mech
Mech Mech Mech
50
50 50 50 50
50
50 50 50 50
Mech
Assistant Professor
Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
29-07-2010
06-08-2011 21-12-2011
Mech
Mech Mech
50
50 50
50
50 50
(Instruction: The institution may list here the faculty members engaged in first year teaching along with other relevant data.) 1100
FYSTR
12 12 15
7.1.2.
Assessment of qualification = 3(5x + 3y + 2z0)/N, where x + y + z0 N and z0 z x = Number of faculty members with PhD y = Number of faculty members with ME/MTech/NET-Qualified/MPhil z = Number of faculty members with BE/BTech/MSc/MCA/MA
N = Number of faculty members needed for FYSTR of 25
Year
CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY Assessment of faculty qualification 3 7 0 5 15 3 7 0 5 15 3 9 0 8 15 Average assessment of faculty qualification 15 1102
7.1.3. Basic science/engineering laboratories (adequacy of space, number of students per batch, quality and availability of measuring instruments, laboratory manuals, list of experiments) (8)
Laboratory description Basic Engineering workshop Engg. Physics Lab Engg. Chemistry Lab Computer Lab-4
Software used
Quality of instruments ISO certified ISO Certified ISO Certified ISO Certified
Laboratory manuals Available (distributed to all students Available (distributed to all students) Available (distributed to all students) Available (distributed to all students) Available (distributed to all students) Available (distributed to all students) 1103
158 Sq.m/60
12
161 Sq.m/60
12
278 Sq.m
Computer Lab-5
278 Sq.m
Computer Lab-6
102 Sq.m
Turbo C+ MS office 2003 Fedora 8.0 Turbo C+ MS office 2003 Fedora 8.0 Turbo C+ MS office 2003 Fedora 8.0
70
70
ISO Certified
70
ISO Certified
ELCS Lab
238 Sq.mt/60
Phonetics
AECS Lab
238 Sq.mt/60
LS
(Instruction: The institution may provide the details of the language laboratory. The descriptors as listed here are not exhaustive). 1104
a) b) c) d) e) f)
Provision of Tutorial classes in time table Tutorial sheets provided Tutorial classes taken by Number of tutorial classes per subject Number of students per tutorial class Number students with tutorials 1st year
2nd year
3rd year 4th year
6
6 5
(Instruction: Here the institution may report the details of the tutorial classes that are being conducted on various subjects and also state the impact of such tutorial classes).
1106
7.2.2. Mentoring system to help at individual levels (5) Type of mentoring: Professional guidance / career advancement / course work specific / laboratory specific / total development
Number of faculty mentors: all faculty members Number of students per mentor: Frequency of meeting: 20 students per mentor Frequency of meeting : monthly 4 times per semester (Instruction: Here the institution may report the details of the mentoring system that has been developed for the students for various purposes and also state the efficacy of such system).
1107
7.2.3. Feedback analysis and reward / corrective measures taken, if any (5)
Feedback collected for all courses: YES/NO Specify the feedback collection process: YES Percentage of students participating: Specify the feedback analysis process: All students Basis of reward / corrective measures, if any: YES Best Teacher awards for the faculty are presented. It is based on students feedback, university results of the subject taught along with opinion of the Head of the Department and Head of the Institution. 1108
Number of corrective actions taken in the last three years: Thrice per semester (Instruction: The institution needs to design an effective feedback questionnaire. It needs to justify that the feedback mechanism it has developed really helps in evaluating teaching and finally contributing to the quality of teaching).
7.2.5. Generation of selflearning facilities, and availability of materials for learning beyond syllabus (5) (Instruction: The institution needs to specify the facilities for self-learning / learning beyond syllabus.) Studying for competitive exams such as GATE, CAT, GRE and TOEFL. Preparations for employability enhancement and participation in national level events in Technical and extra curricular activities. Availability of eJournals, ebooks, videos on demand and cassettes, CDs prepared by various agencies such as APSONET and variety of library books for self learning.
1110
Institution offers placement and counseling services through the established Career Guidance, Training and Placement Cell which organizes all the programs of employability enhancement, personality development and campus recruitment.
1111
The training and Placement Cell is established with Dean and three other officers. It is equipped with internet and other facilities for better efforts for employment of students. It organizes training programs to improve the competitiveness of the students for better employability through skill development and career planning. Employability Enhancement Program is organized to improve language skills, soft skills, attitude, refining aptitude, and developing skills in quantitative analysis and logical reasoning, basic computer skills and technical skills in domain areas besides conducting mock interviews. 1112
7.2.7. Cocurricular and Extracurricular Activities (5) (Instruction: The institution may specify the Cocurricular and extra-curricular activities, e.g., NCC/NSS, cultural activities, etc) Co-curricular and extra-curricular activities, e.g., NCC/ NSS, cultural activities etc. Specify facilities and usages in brief? NSS, Blood donation camp, AIDS awareness programme, Literacy programme, Musi river clean-up survey programme, etc. Students and staff were very actively involved in various extra and co-curricular activities. Application for NCC is in process.
1114
7.2.8. Games and sports facilities and qualified sports instructors (5)
(Instruction: The institution may specify the facilities available and their usage in brief)
Specify-facility, management and usages? There are facilities for indoor and outdoor games.
College has got sports grounds and facilities for sports and games. College has got cricket ground, volley ball court, Basket ball court, shuttle court, Gym and ample space for indoor games. Three hours per week slot is provided for sports and games in time table.
1115
CRITERION 8 : Governance, Institutional Support and Financial Resources (75) 8.1 Campus Infrastructure and Facility (10) Land, built-up area and academic infrastructure Physical resource available
A. Exclusive for this Built-up floor space Shared with other Colleges in this campus, if any Land No. of acres Built-up floor space No. of sq.m 25 acres 38425 sq.m. Nil
Nil
1116
The academic infrastructure facilities available are given below. For Academic activities (Classrooms, Labs, Workshops, Seminar Halls) For Co-curricular activities (Student activities clubs, Professional societies, Technical Associations, open-air theatre) For General Computer Education (computers, software) For Library, Internet with Wifi facility (Books, Journals, Digital Library)
1117
There are 1414 computers in the campus and licensed software to carry out practical classes, and R&D activities. Wi-Fi connectivity, intranet, and internet connection of 24 mbps and digital library are available. Library with about 1,10,000 books, printed and on line Journals, National & International are available. The entire campus of 25 acres is provided with road links and all buildings are built nicely planned. The college has developed beautiful landscape and lawns with green ambience. The architecture and the frontage of administrative buildings are beautifully designed with two water pools and fountain. The total ambience of the college is serene and congenial for academic activities. 1119
8.1.2 Hostel (boys and girls), transportation facility, and canteen (2) a) Hostel for Boys ? YES
1. 2. Number of Rooms Number of students accommodated 45 134
b)
Exclusive
31 66
Hosted capacity is increased to 174 for boys and 100 for girls.
1120
c) College owned buses and Exclusive State Transport facilities are available.
1. Number of Buses (owned by the college) 2. Transport buses besides General route buses 3. Cars used for Teaching Staff for pickup and dropping 4. Buses for faculty and staff 35 14 07 06
d) Number of Canteen: 2
1. Sitting space for students 2. Daily usage for students 200 600
1121
8.1.3. Electricity, power backup, telecom facility, drinking water, and security (4) Electrical Supply: The institution has high tension 11 KV power supply with two transformers of 250 KVA and 500KVA. To avoid power cuts and fluctuations in power supply two generators with the following specifications are installed. Cummins make water cooled 125 KVA Generator Caterpillar make water cooled 360 KVA Generator Telecom facility: The institution has land lines. A separate tower is installed by Idea and important staff members are covered with economical group coverage. Students day to day activities will be communicated to parents through internet and SMS. 1122
Drinking water facility: The college has its own water supply system with 3 bore wells of 6 dia and two overhead tanks of 2.5 lakhs liters storage capacity each to meet the requirement like labs, water for toilets, gardening and construction activities etc. The institution provides for 3000 liters of mineral water for every day for drinking purpose of students and staff. The college has provided, Coolers of large capacity in different convenient locations covering departments and administration. Security: Well and vigilant trained 42 security persons are guarding the Institution to see that the infrastructure is well-protected and there will not be any ragging & 1123 indiscipline incidents among the students.
8.2 Organisation, Governance, and Transparency (10) 8.2.1 Governing body, administrative setup, and functions of various bodies (2) Governing Body Governing body is highest authority of the institution to take decision from time to time with the following members.
List of Members of Governing Body : -------------------------- -------------------------- -------------------------- -------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------- -------------------------- ---------------------------
1124
Functions: Subject to the existing provision in the byelaws of the respective college and rules laid down by the state government, the governing body of the college shall have powers to : fix the fees and other charges payable by the students of the college on the recommendations of the Finance Committee. Institute scholarships, fellowships, studentships, medals, prizes and certificates on the recommendations of the Academic Council.
1125
Approve institution of new programmes of study leading to degree and/or diplomas. Perform such other functions and institute committees, as may be necessary and deemed fit for the proper development, and fulfill the objectives for which the college has been declared as autonomous. Various critical and important issues relating to Finance, Administration etc. are discussed and finalized in Governing body meetings. The Decision will be implemented in the institution.
1126
College Academic Committee: This is the policy making body at the college level. With the membership of all senior Professors, Head of Departments, Deans & Directors. All Academic & Administrative aspects for smooth functioning of the institution are discussed and finalized for further implementation. In autonomous mode College constituted boards of studies and Academic Council as per UGC Guide lines. The syllabus revision is taken up and approved by them. Boards of Studies : Boards of Studies are constituted for each branch of engineering at UG and PG level and also for different subjects of Sciences and Humanities including foreign languages. The Minutes of these Boards of Studies meetings are submitted to Academic Council for its 1127 final approval.
Academic Council
College Academic Council is the policy making body at the college level with regard to curriculum. The list of members is given hereunder: List of the Academic Council Members
Sl. No. Name of the Member Designation
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Principal Principal, OU Engg. College Registrar, JNTUH Principal, JNTUH Sr. Manager, HR, Infosys, Hyderabad Executive Director Dean (Admin. & R&D) Dean (Academic) Director, SMS HoD, MCA HoD, S&H HoD, BT HoD, ECE I/c HoD, ECM HoD, Mech. HoD, EEE HoD, IT HoD, CSE Assoc. Prof. S&H Asst. Prof. S&H Principal, of Engg. Karimnagar Additional G.M. (R&D), BHEL
1128
All academic aspects for smooth functioning of the institution are discussed and finalized for further implementation. In autonomous mode College constituted boards of studies and Academic Council as per UGC Guide lines. The syllabus revised is taken up and approved by them. Functions: Without prejudice to the generality of functions mentioned, the Academic Council will have powers to :
1129
a) Scrutinize and approve the proposals with or without modification of the Boards of Studies with regard to courses of study, academic regulations, curricula, syllabi and modifications thereof, instructional and evaluation arrangements, methods, procedures relevant thereto etc. provided that where the Academic Council differs on any proposal, it will have the right to return the matter for reconsideration to the Board of Studies concerned or reject it, after giving reasons to do so. b) Make regulations regarding the admission of students to different programmes of study in the college.
1130
c) Make regulations for sports, extra-curricular activities, and proper maintenance and functioning of the playgrounds and hostels. d) Recommend to the Governing Body proposals for institution of new programmes of study. e) Recommend to the Governing Body institution of scholarships, studentships, fellowships, prizes and medals, and to frame regulations for the award of the same. f) Submit to the Governing Body on suggestion(s) pertaining to academic affairs made by it. g) Perform such other functions as may be assigned by the Governing Body.
1131
Functions: The Finance Committee will be an advisory body to the Governing Body to consider
a. Budget estimates relating to the grant received / receivable from UGC, and income from fees, etc. collected for the activities to undertake the scheme of autonomy and Audited accounts for the above. b. The sample minutes of the finance committee is enclosed 1132 herewith Annexure-III.
The dates on which various committees held meetings are given below:
Sl. No. Nature of Meeting Date on which Total No. of Total No. of meeting held members members present absent
1 2 3 4 5
Governing Body meeting I Governing Body meeting - II Academic Council I Meeting Academic Council II Meeting Academic Council III Meeting
8 9 21 21 20
4 4 1 1 2
6 7
8
24-02-2012 29-04-2011
14-03-2012
20 7
7
2 1133
Board of Studies Composition of the Board of Studies and its functions in an autonomous college as per UGC norms: a. Head of the department concerned (Chairman) b. The entire faculty of each specialization. c. Two experts in the subject from outside the college to be nominated by the Academic Council. d. One expert to be nominated by the ViceChancellor from a panel of six recommended by the college Principal.
1134
e. One representative from industry / corporate sector / allied area relating to placement. f. One postgraduate meritorious alumnus to be nominated by the Principal. The Chairman, Board of Studies, may co-opt with the approval of the Principal of the college. i. Experts from outside the college whenever special courses of studies are to be formulated. ii. Other members of staff of the same faculty.
1135
Functions:
The Board of Studies of a department in the college shall : a. Prepare syllabi for various courses keeping in view of the objectives of the college, interest of the stakeholders and national requirement for consideration and approval of the Academic Council. b. Suggest methodologies for innovative teaching and evaluation techniques. c. Suggest panel of names to the Academic Council for appointment of examiners, and d. Coordinate research, teaching, extension and other academic activities in the department / college. 1136
The Executive Director/Principal of the institution frames plans and policies in accordance with the decision and directives from the Govt., the Board of Governors and the Secretary/ correspondent provides overall guidance to the principal in implementing them. The responsibilities of various dignitaries involved in the organizational structure of the institution are detailed hereunder:
1137
Flow Chart of Academic and Administrative decision making body: Board of Governors
Secretary/Correspondent Statutory Bodies Finance Committee Academic Council Executive Director Directors Deans
Principal
College Academic Committee
BOS
Heads of Depts.
Staff
Departmental Committees
Office Staff
1138
b) Functions of the Executive Director 1. To maintain cordial relationship between the management and the administration 2. To arrange employability enhancement programs for students 3. To ensure quality of educational programs and smooth functioning of administration 4. To advise and guide on overall development of the institution 5. To liaise between the top management and college administration
1140
c) Functions of the Head of Institution 1. To plan and execute the academic programs and functioning of the administrative system 2. To motivate various functionaries to maintain high morale 3. To coordinate various co-curricular and extra-curricular activities 4. To initiate and promote R&D, Consultancy and developmental activities 5. To liaise with the Government, Institutional collaborators, top management, Foreign Universities and blending them with internal operations, in managing the activities and monitor effective implementation 6. To project the image of the institution which enable to achieve global reputation 7. To motivate the students and faculty for effective 1141 teaching learning process
d) Functions of Heads of Departments 1. To ensure regular and punctual functioning of academic activities as per almanac 2. To motivate the faculty and staff to achieve the goals and objectives of the Institute. 3. To motivate students for effective learning 4. To initiate, promote and sustain R&D and consultancy activities 5. To encourage the students to participate and organize various co-curricular and extracurricular activities 6. To coordinate with the Head of the institution for smooth functioning of academic and administrative activities
1142
e) Functions of Deans Dean, Administration 1. To coordinate with the principal in organizing various administrative activities such as admissions to various courses to ensure effectiveness in teaching learning process, establishment, accounts, students guidance and counseling, proctorial work, sports, games, cultural activities, etc.
1143
Dean, Academics
1. To ensure regular and scheduled functioning of academic activities as per the almanac 2. To coordinate with the principal and heads of the departments in organizing various academic activities such as curriculum design, organizing BOS and Academic Council meetings 3. To motivate students and faculty 4. To maintain records of students attendance and sessional marks and have liaison with the universities on all academic matters like schemes of instructions, syllabi, rules and regulations, effective implementation of regular class work, teaching, etc.
1144
Dean, Research & Development 1. To coordinate all the proposals for research schemes for internal R&D and those submitted to various funding agencies 2. To initiate plans to encourage R & D activities in various departments 3. To monitor the progress of on-going research projects and doctoral programs
1146
Dean, Examinations
1. To coordinate the conduct of mid sessional and all university/institution end-examinations and lab examinations as per the almanac 2. To send the award lists received from the various departments to the University/Exam Branch. 3. To get the papers set, get answer scripts evaluated, processing and declaration of results.
1148
Dean, Career Guidance, Training & Placement 1. To expose the students to different career opportunities and to coordinate and conduct placement activities 2. To enhance employability of students through programs such as soft skills, logical reasoning, quantitative aptitude, technical skills are organized by inviting expertise from reputed institutions 3. To coordinate the conduct of mock tests, interviews before commencement of campus recruitment 4. To coordinate with various potential recruiters
1149
8.2.2. Defined rules, procedures, recruitment, and promotional policies, etc. (2) List of the published rules, policies and procedures, year of publications, awareness among the employees/students, availability on web etc. Recruitment Procedure and its effectiveness Recruitments are done in two ways. 1. on adhoc basis at college level for urgent requirements 2. on Regular basis (JNTU selection) The requirements of faculty are arrived based on AICTE norms and specific requirements to arrive at specializations. AICTE norms for UG courses of 1: 15 ratio and for PG courses three faculty members are the guiding criteria. 1152
Procedure for Adhoc Appointments: For urgent requirements, advertisements are released in newspapers and selections are made based on written test, oral interview and demonstration lessons. Minutes of the selection committee are maintained cadre wise. Based on the minutes, the recommendations are submitted to college management for releasing appointment orders. This process is usually completed much before commencement of class work so that there is enough time to the new faculty for their preparations for effective instructions.
1153
Procedure for Regular Appointment: The overall requirements with regard to numbers, cadres, and specializations required are assessed and advertised in national / regional newspapers inviting applications from eligible candidates. The applications received are scrutinized by the HOD and the lists of the short listed candidates are sent to registrar of JNTU for conducting interviews.
1154
A duly constituted selection committee appointed by the university selects the candidate. Minutes of the selection committee are communicated to the college. Based upon minutes regular appointment orders are released by college management. The appointment letters, joining reports are maintained in the personal files of the faculty. Formula for Number of teachers faculty required for I year
Number of teachers appointed from the 1155 department for the I year = Students intake / 15
Promotional Policy and Procedure All appointments including promotions are based on advertisements and selection in open competition. Any person can respond to advertisement given in reputed National and regional Newspaper. The Department works out number of positions to be filled on cadre basis based on AICTE Norms. A proposal will be sent to college management for its consideration and to release advertisement.
1156
Internal candidate can also respond to the advertisement and appear for interview. Promotions are not based on seniority but are based on satisfying prescribed qualifications, experience, paper published and performance in the interview conducted by duly constituted selection committee. However deserving internal candidates are promoted on ADHOC basis based on the recommendations of the concerned departments to satisfy the AICTE norms. These candidates however have to get ratified by duly constituted selection committee appointed by JNTU. The Proceedings of the university selection committee are forwarded to college management for their perusal approval and for issue of appointment orders, including delegation of financial power. 1157
8.2.3. Decentralisation in working including delegation of financial power and grievance redressal system (3) Decentralization Delegation and participation of Faculty A number of departments are constituted branch wise for effectiveness in decision making process, functioning of the department, academic issues, and purchase process. The powers and responsibilities of the Principal, Head of the department and lab incharges are defined. There are adequate financial powers to principal, HOD and lab incharges.
1158
The financial powers are as detailed under: Principal - Rs. 25000/HOD - Rs. 5000/Lab in charges - Rs. 500/ Imprest registers are maintained by each department. Reimbursement is done by college office to replenish the expenditure incurred. However departments are to follow the purchase procedures scrupulously through calling of quotations whenever the cost of the item exceed Rs. 1000/1159
B. Departmental Activity
I. II. III. IV. V. VI. VII. VIII. IX. X. XI. XII. Lab in charges Time Tables Budget Research Curriculum Development Course Material Examination Sessional Marks Attendance Counselling and parent interaction Technical Association Alumni Association
1162
D. Academic Matters
I. Counseling II. Curriculum development III. Course Material IV. Examination V. Sessional Marks VI. Attendance VII. Research and Development
1163
These committees are to maintain the records of the activity and submit to the HOD from Time to Time for his perusal and necessary action if any. List of faculty members who are administrators/decision makers for various assigned jobs
S.No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. Name of the faculty member Designation Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Professor Assoc. Professor Asst. Professor Asst. Professor Asst. Professor Asst. Professor Asst. Professor Asst. Professor Administrative Position Director of Institution Principal Dean, Academic Dean, ADMN. R&D, Director, Science & Informatics Dean, Examinations & Student Welfare, Advisor- Library & Head, S&H Dean, Dean, Curriculum Development Director, School of Electrical & Electronics Engineering Director, Head & Director, SMS Head, EEE Head, Mechanical Head, ECE Head, CSE Head, IT Head, BT Head, ECM Head, Computer Applications Chief of Examinations Chief Superintendent of Examinations Asst. Controller of Examinations Asst. Controller of Examinations Asst. Controller of Examinations Asst. Controller of Examinations Asst. Controller of Examinations Asst. Controller of Examinations Asst. Controller of Examinations 1164
Specify the mechanism and composition of grievance addressal system, including faculty association, and staff-union, if any. Grievance redressal mechanism - College level Committee constituted to go into grievances submitted by students and staff. List of faculty members in grievance cell
S.No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Name of the Staff Position Chairman Member Member Member Member Member Member Member Member, Convener
1165
The college has duly constituted grievance redressal cell to look into grievances and takes appropriate decision based on the facts. Such decision is to intimate the employee accordingly. If the employee is not satisfied with the decision of the committee, he will submit his grievance in Form II (Annexure II of service rules) Such then it will be submitted to the Head of the institution, he may then constitute enquiry committee to go into the matter. The decision of the head of institution will be final. It is very interesting to note that there were no cases occurred in the college so far, where the grievances are submitted in Form-I. All the grievances are resolved through discussions by the Head of the Department with college 1167 administration.
8.3
Budget Allocation, Utilisation, and Public Accounting (10) Summary of current financial years budget and the actual expenditures incurred (exclusively for the College/Institute) for three preceding financial years
Budgeted Expense in Expenses in in CFY CFY (till...) CFY m1 (Lakhs) (Lakhs) (Lakhs) 732 183 290.4 Expenses in CFY m2 (Lakhs) 245.74
Item
Acquisition of land; new buildings and infrastructural built-up Library Laboratory Equipment Laboratory consumables Teaching and Non-Teaching staff salary Travel Other, specify..... (Miscellaneous) Total Total expenditure per student
8.3.1 Adequacy of budget allocation (4) 8.3.2 Utilisation of allocated funds (5) 8.3.3 Availability of the audited statements on the institutes website (1) No 8.4. Programme Specific Budget Allocation, Utilisation (10) Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in the CFYm1 and CFYm2 (Exclusively for this programme in the department)
Items Budgeted in Actual Budgeted in Actual Budgeted in Actual CFY expenses in CFYm1 Expenses in CFYm2 Expenses in Rs. CFY (till) Rs. CFYm1 Rs. Rs. CFYm2 Rs.
Laboratory equipment Software 760840 R&D 174406 Laboratory consumable Maintenance and spares Travel Miscellaneou s expenses for academic activities Total 935246
145000
72000
72000
75000
75000
1169
8.4.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (5) 8.4.2. Utilisation of allocated funds (5) 8.5 Library (20) 8.5.1. Library space and ambience, timings and usage, availability of qualified librarian and other staff, library automation, online access, networking, etc (5) Carpet area of library (m2) : 5000 Reading space (m2): 400 Number of seats in reading space : 200 Number of users (issue book) per day :350-450 Number of users (in reading space ) per day : 300-400
1170
Timings: During working day, weekend : 9 am - 8 pm vacation : 10am - 5pm Number of library staff : 6 Number of library staff with degree in Library management : 5 Computerization for search,indexing: Yes Issue/return records : Yes Bar-coding used: Yes
1171
Library services on Internet/Intranet : Online Journal, ebooks.etc INDEST or other similar membership : Syllabus for subjects, old question papers, video courses on 40 desktop and 19 laptops Archives : ASME : Mechanical Engineering 25 Journals McGrahill General Engineering and Reference access Engineering library : 290 ELSEIVER: e Journals for Engg : 275 JGate : Engineering and Technology : 4700 Indexed E Journals Mandatory Package 2012
1172
8.5.2 Titles and volumes per title (4) Number of titles : 11676 - Number of volumes : 109816
CFYm2 (2010-11) CFYm1 (2011-12) CFY (2012-13) Number of new titles added 694 1020 497 Number of new additions added 33 50 35 Number of new volumes added 13051 11668 11092
CFY
CFYm1
CFYm2
CFYm3
Pharmacy
Architecture Hotel Management
253 90 ------------------------------1173
8.5.5: Library expenditure on books, magazines/ journals, and miscellaneous contents (5)
Year Expenditure Magazine/jour Magazine/jour Misc. nals nals contents (for hard copy (for soft copy DELNET subscription) subscription) 199495 473414 484548 566920 571880 1682053 16500 Comments
Budget Summary of library : CFY : Rs.52.5 Lakhs Expenditure in CFY(till date ) : Rs. 2321716 Expenditure in CFY M1 : Rs. 3938961 Expenditure in CFY M2 : Rs. 3595968
1175
8.6 Internet(5)
Name of the Internet provider: Apollo Online 12-13-387 Lane no 1 Tarnaka Secundrebad Available bandwidth: 35 Mbps Access speed: 100 Mbps Availability of Internet in an exclusive lab: Yes Availability in most computing labs: Yes Availability in departments and other units: Yes Availability in faculty rooms: Yes Institutes own e-mail facility to faculty/students: Yes Security/privacy to e-mail/Internet users: Yes (Instruction: The institute may report the availability of Internet in the campus and its quality of service) 1176
Training, availability of water, and such other facilities (1) Each floor in all academic blocks are being provided 1177 filtered cool water. The supply is 24 hours.
Availability of first-aid unit (2) (Instruction: The institution needs to report the availability of the facilities discussed here.) List of First aid kit : 1. Stethescope 2.B.P Apparatus 3.Thermometer 4.Torch 5.I.V.Stands 6.Weighing Machines 7.Examination Tables 8.Fridge 9.Wheel chair 10.Stretcher 11.Walker 12.Autoclave 13.Dressing material 1180 14.Nebulizer.
This criterion essentially evaluates the improvement of the different indices that have already been discussed in earlier sections.
From 9.1 to 9.5 the assessment calculation can be done as follows.
If a, b, c are improvements in percentage during three successive years, assessment can be calculated as :
Assessment = (b-a)/(100-min (b,a)) + (c-b)/(100-min(c,b))
1181
LYGm2 Assessment
0.966
1182
From 5. 3
Item FQI (Faculty Qualification Index) LYG 7.57 LYGm1 11.26 LYGm2 11.4 Assessment 60.47
9.5 Improvement in Faculty Research Publications, R & D Work and Consultancy Work (10) From 5.7 and 5.9
Item FRP (Faculty Research Publications) FRDC LYG 3.05 1.5 LYGm1 0.58 0.0 LYGm2 1.925 0.0 Assessment 1.85 0.5 1183
DETAILS OF COURSE/ LAB MODULES:MODULE DESCRIPTION Engineering Drawing Engineering Mechanics Engineering workshop Mechanics Of Solids Thermodynamics Metallurgy& Material Science MOS & Metallurgy Lab Metrology surface Engineering DESIGN OF MACHINE MEMBERS- I Applied THERMODYNAMICS--II DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY MACHINE TOOLS Metrology and Machine Tool Lab THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB CAD/CAM OPERATION RESEARCH INSTRUMENTATION&CONT ROL SYSTEMS POWER PLANT ENGG CAD/CAM Lab PRODUCTION DRAWING PRACTICE & instrumantaion lab Robotics Automation in Manufacturing ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTORY INST./INDUSTRY NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO ACADEMIC YEAR 2009 2010, 1st SEMESTER DEVELOPED / ORGANIZED DURATION RESOURCE PERSONS BY 32 WEEKS 32 WEEKS 32 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS TARGET AUDIENCE UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students USAGE AND CITATION
NO NO
16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS
NO
16 WEEKS
1185
UG students UG students PG & UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students PG students UG students UG students PG students PG students PG students PG students PG students PG students
NO NO
NO NO
16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS
16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS
1186
ACADEMIC YEAR 2010 2011, 1st SEMESTER ANY OTHER DEVELOPED / CONTRIBUTORY ORGANIZED MODULE DESCRIPTION INST./INDUSTRY BY Engineering Drawing--I NO Engineering workshop --I NO Mechanics Of Solids NO Thermodynamics NO Metallurgy&Material Science NO MOS & Metallurgy Lab NO Metrology surface Engineering NO DESIGN OF MEMBERS- I MACHINE NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students TARGET AUDIENCE UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students USAGE AND CITATION
DURATION RESOURCE PERSONS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS
Applied THERMODYNAMICS--II DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY MACHINE TOOLS Metrology and Machine Tool Lab THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB CAD/CAM OPERATION RESEARCH INSTRUMENTATION&CONTRO L SYSTEMS POWER PLANT ENGG CAD/CAM Lab PRODUCTION DRAWING PRACTICE & instrumantaion lab Robotics Automation in Manufacturing
NO NO
16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS
NO
16 WEEKS
1187
NO NO NO
NO NO
NO NO
16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS
16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS
NO
16 WEEKS
UG students
NO
16 WEEKS
UG students
NO
16 WEEKS
UG students
1188
MACHINE TOOLS Metrology and Machine Tool Lab THERMAL LAB CAD/CAM ENGINEERING
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
UG students UG students
OPERATION RESEARCH INSTRUMENTATION&CONT ROL SYSTEMS POWER PLANT ENGG CAD/CAM Lab PRODUCTION DRAWING PRACTICE & instrumantaion lab Robotics Automation in Manufacturing CNC Machines and Robotics Advanced Mechanics of Solids Manufacturing Methods and Mechanics of Composites CAD/CAM & Robotics Lab
NO NO NO NO NO
NO
16 WEEKS
NO
16 WEEKS
PG students
1189
DEVELOPED / ORGANIZED BY
RESOURCE PERSONS
TARGET AUDIENCE
UG students UG students UG students
NO NO
16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS
NO NO
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
UG students UG students
UG students
PG & UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students
1190
Production Planning and control Tribology Automation in Manufacturing CAD/CAM Lab Industrial Robotics Computer Aided Manufacturing Design of Hydraulics & Pneumatic systems Design and Optimization Flexible Manufacturing Systems Computer Aided Machinig & Robotics Lab Optimum Design of Mechanical Elements Mechanical Vibrations & Condition Monitoring
NO NO NO
UG students PG students PG& UG students UG students PG students PG students PG students PG students PG students PG students PG students PG students
NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO
1191
NO
16 WEEKS
UG students
NO NO
16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS
UG students UG students
NO
16 WEEKS
UG students
1192
Metrology and Machine Tool Lab THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB CAD/CAM OPERATION RESEARCH INSTRUMENTATION&CONTRO L SYSTEMS POWER PLANT ENGG CAD/CAM Lab PRODUCTION DRAWING PRACTICE & instrumantaion lab Robotics Automation in Manufacturing
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
UG students UG students PG & UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students UG students PG & UG students PG students PG students PG students PG students
NO NO NO
Mechanical Vibrations & Condition Monitoring NO Flexible Manufacturing Systems & CAPP NO Optimum Design of Mechanical Elements NO Design for Manufacturing & Assembly NO CAE Lab NO
PG students
1193
RESOURCE PERSONS
TARGET AUDIENCE
UG students
NO NO
16 WEEKS 16 WEEKS
UG students UG students
NO
16 WEEKS
UG students
NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO
16 WEEKS
UG students
1194
MODULE DESCRIPTION
Nanotechnology Engineering Perspective Emerging trends in Mechanical Engineering CNC Programming & Machining
DURATION
RESOURCE PERSONS
One day
-------
Two days
Teaching staff Teaching staff , UG and PG students Teaching staff , UG and PG students Teaching staff , UG and PG students Teaching staff , UG and PG students Teaching staff , UG and PG students Diploma Engineers(STAs) of DRDL,
----------
three days Hydraulics and Pneumatic Control The application of C F D tools for modeling and analysis of turbo machinery components. Synthesis And Characterization Of Nano- Materials Quality & Reliability Engineering Rowan university, Training on Orientation Programme for Diploma Engineers DRDL,
----------
three days
----------
three days
----------
three days
----------
two days
Five days
1195
9.7 New Facility Created (15) Specify new facilities created during the last 3 years for strengthening the curriculum and/or meeting the POs:
Module Description Any other contributory Inst./ Industry Developed Duration / organized by Resource Persons Target Audience Usage and citation etc.
No
No
Modrobs
One month
Main Projects
9.8 Overall Improvements since Last Accreditation, if any, otherwise, since the commencement of the programme (20)
Specify the overall improvements since commencement of Programme:
Specify the strengths/ Improvement weakness brought in Design, Fabrication and Thermal, Turbo Testing of an energyMachinery efficient Centrifugal fan for Industrial and Power Plant Application Including Erection of a Suitable Test Rig Development of EnergyThermal, Turbo Efficient CentrifugalMachinery compressor stages for typical Industrial/Process Applications through CFD Studies Modernization of Thermal Thermal Engineering Laboratory Engineering Modernization of Production Production Technology Technology Laboratory Photo Elastic Stress Strength of Analysis in composites materials and with Polaris cope NDT Contributed by List the , which are Comments, strengthened if any UG & PG Projects AICTE-- Projects In area of Centrifugal fan
AICTE-- Projects
Improvement of thermal AICTE Engineering Labs Improvement of AICTE Production Technology Labs UG & PG Projects In the area of stress AICTE-- Projects analysis for composites
1197
Theory
Lab
Area of Specialization
Mapping
PEOs
Mandator y
Program
Faculty
English
IV
g,h,i
English Language Lab Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis Environmental Studies
g,h,i,j,k
a,b,c
a,g,i
1199
Industrial Management
Advanced English Communicatio n Skills Lab Engineering Physics Numerical methods and partial differential equations Engineering Chemistry C Programming Engineering Drawing
e,g,i
g,h,j, k
a,b,d,h,i
a,b,c,e,j,k
T
T T
A
C C
a,b
a, b,c,e,f,i,j b,d
1200
Computer Programming Lab Engineering Physics & Fuels and Lubricants lab Engineering Workshop Probability and Statistics Production Technology Electrical and Electronics Engineering Mechanics of Solids Thermodynamics Object Oriented Programming through Java Metallurgy & Material Science Metallurgy and Mechanics of Solids Lab
a, b,c,e,f,i,j
L Mechanical Engineering Proficiency in Mathematics Production Engineering Fundamentals In Electrical and Electronics Non linear vibrations and buckling analysis of structural elements, Heat Transfer , Thermal Engineering Fundamentals in Computing Analysis of Algorithms, Object orientation and Java language Metallurgy L Metallurgy
a,f,h,g
L T T T
I II, I II I,
C C B C
b a, b, c a,b,e,f,g,i a,f,h,g
T T
II II,III
C C
b a, b, c
e,f,g,i
I, II I,II C, F
a,b,e,f,i e,f,g,i
1201
Object Oriented Programming through Java Lab Kinematics of Machinery Thermal Engineering Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery
Fundamentals in Computing Analysis of Algorithms, Object orientation and Java languages Machine Design PhD in Thermal Engineering R& AC Non linear vibrations and buckling analysis of structural elements,& Production Engineering Mechanical Engineering Metallurgy
I,II
C,F
e,f,g,i
T T T
II II I,
C C,F C
Machine Drawing
Production Technology Lab Mechanics of Solids and Metallurgy Lab Automobile Engineering Dynamics of Machinery Machine Tools
II
b.c.g.h,i
L L T T T
II,III I I, II
C, F C
II I,
C,F C,F
a,b,e,f,i e,f,g,i
1202
Design of Machine Members Heat and Mass Transfer Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery Lab Thermal Engineering Lab
Production Engineering , Machine Design Thermal Engineering , & Energy Systems Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Refrigeration & Air Conditioning , Thermal Engineering Refrigeration & Air Conditioning, Energy Systems
II
e,f,g,i
II,III
a,b,e,f,i
e,f,g,h,i
I, II
C,F
a,b.c.f.g,i
b.c.g.h,i
1203
T T
CAD/CAM Automation and Robotics Welding optimization PhD in Mechanical Engineering Automation and Robotics Energy Systems , Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Mechanical Engineering L CAD/
II I,II
,c,g,h a,g,h,i
III
C, F
e,f,g,i
II
C,F
a,b,e,f,i
Robotics
I,
e,f,g,i
II
C,F
e,f,g,i
II,III I
C C
a,b,e,f,i e,f,g,h,i
1204
2011-2012 placements
Sl. No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Name of the company Wipro technologies Cognizant Infosys L&T Prokarma Cummins InfoTech enterprises TASL JLL No.of students selected 33 48 24 04 01 01 02 02 01 Salary (Lakhs) 3.0 3.35 3.25 3.32 3.0 4.15 2.75 3.20 1.80
1205
2010-2011
Sl. No Name of the company No. of students selected Salary (Lakhs)
1 2
37 56
3.25 3.35
3
4 5 6 7 8 9
Infosys
Capegemini UHGIS TASL Schwingstetters L&T Asian Motor Works
24
05 02 02 01 04 01
3.25
3.05 3.41 3.2 2.40 3.32 3.5
10
11
Kennametal
NTPC
01
01
4.0
3.5
1206
2009-2010
Sl.no Name of the company 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Accenture ADP ANU Labs HCL Hyundai L&T Pennar Industries Intergraph Rock well Collins TASL Thyshnekrup Industries InfoTech Navy No.of students selected 02 01 02 04 24 07 06 03 03 03 01 01 Salary (Lakhs) 2.76 3.65 1.8 1.39 2.66 3.0 1.85 3.30 3.00 3.20 2.10 2.75 5.00
1207
College also submitted itself to ISTE AP section for rating. It is given best engineering college award in 2008 Recently South Asian Academy of Education New Delhi has given the following distinctions in 2011. Academic Excellency in Engineering Education. Academic Excellency in Management Education Special award for Industry Institution Interaction. The fact that top students are joining the college through EAMCET is an indication of public perception about the institution.
1209
Effectiveness and Efficiency of the Mechanism/Procedure for Continuous Review and Outcome Measurements The evaluation of outcomes by various stake holders (i.e.) Industry, Alumni, Professional bodies is carried out and necessary review based on the observation is taken up. Besides this the inputs from skill in demand analysis carried out on a continuous basis are utilized for the review. The outcomes measured are also fine tuned accordingly.
1212
4. Distinguish dual nature of matter by experimental confirmation, concept of quantum free particle from wave mechanics. 5. Know classical free electron theory and quantum free electron theory, advantages and disadvantages. Variation of F-D distribution functions with temperature. 6. Analyze the constant potential and varying potential experienced by electron in periodic lattice and origin of energy band formation in solids and classification of materials.
1214
Course Name : Engineering Physics II After attending the course the student should be able to : 1. Know the concept of Fermi level, calculation of carrier concentrations in semi conductors, and Hall Effect. 2. Know the entire information of P-N junction diode and its significance. 3. Define, distinguish and calculations of different types of polarizations, generation of dipoles by Piezo, Pyro and Ferro electricity.
1215
4. Classify the magnetic materials, significance of hysteresis curve, Hard and Soft magnetic materials, superconductors based on perfect diamagnetism. 5. Show the basic principle and working of different Lasers and their applications in day to day life, optical fiber communication system, the transmission of audio video signals without any loss of energy. 6. Know the basics of nano technology, fabrication methods by bottom up and top down mechanisms and important properties.
1216
After attending the course the student should be able to : 1. Differentiate Undamped, Damped, forced vibrations and resonance, production of Ultrasonics by using principle of resonance and applications. 2. Division of Wave front, division of amplitude, importance of grating, different types of polarized lights. 3. Know the classification of magnetic materials, significance of hysteresis curve hard and soft magnetic materials, superconductors based on perfect diamagnetism.
1217
4. Know the significance of Einsteins coefficients in lasers, basic principle and working of different lasers and their application in day to day life. 5. Know the optical fiber communication system and the transmission of audio video signals without any loss of energy. 6. Know the basics of nano technology, fabrication methods by bottom up and top down mechanisms and few important properties.
1218
4.
AC Sonometer Determination of frequency of AC power supply using Flemings principle. 5. Resonance in L-C-R circuit Study of resonance effect in series and parallel combination and finding of quality facter. 6. Plancks Constant Determination of value of planks constant by using Photo Emissive Cell.
1220
4. Dielectric constant Find out the Dielectric constant and phase transition temperature of given material (PZT). 5. L.E.D. Characteristics Study of V-I characteristics of given LED and finding of forward resistance. 6. Characteristics of Thermister. Study of variation of resistance with temperature and determination of Thermister constance.
1222
4. Evaluation of the Eigen values and Eigen vectors for a matrix, finding the higher powers of a matrix using Calyey-Hamilton Theorem and to Diagonalizable a matrix. 5. Evaluation of the double and triple integrals, change of order of integration, the changing the variables, find the length of a curve, area of a region and volume of solid of revolution. 6. The concepts of gradient of a scalar function, directional derivative, the divergence and curl for a vector function. Evaluation of the line, surface and volume integrals. To transform one form of integral to another form of integral using the vector transformations.
1224
3. Introduction to partial differential equations, formulation of partial differential equations. Methods to solve linear, some special non-linear partial differential equations of first order and the method of separation of variables to solve partial differential equations. 4. Laplace transforms of different functions and its existence. Properties, theorems. The methods to find inverse Laplace transforms by using different techniques. Application to solve ordinary linear differential equations with constant coefficients. 5. Definition of Z-transform. Z-transforms of several sequences, properties and theorems. Inverse Z-transforms. Application to solve difference equations. 6. How to find the Fourier series expansion of different functions over an arbitary interval [C, C+2l]. Finding Fourier transforms, finite Fourier transforms of different functions.
1226
4. Finding the roots of a given equation by using different numerical methods and Evaluation of certain definite integrals by using numerical integration techniques. 5. Finding the interpolating polynomial by using different techniques. 6. Solving the first order and first degree ordinary differential equations by using different numerical methods.
1228
1. Basic definitions and axioms of probability, finding the probability of an event using the elementary theorems, multiplication theorem of probability and Bayes theorem. 2. Random variables, types of random variables, expectation and probability distributions. 3. Basic definitions of sampling distribution, forming the sampling distribution of means, proportions, sums and differences. How to estimate the population parameters using sampling statistics.
1229
4. Testing the hypothesis concerning means and proportions for large samples. 5. Testing of hypothesis using Student t test, test for the goodness of fit, testing the hypothesis for independence of attributes. 6. Introduction to linear programming, formulating the LPP and solving the LLP using graphical method and simplex method.
1230
Course Name : Engineering Chemistry After attending the course the student should be able to : Topics: water, Electro chemistry, corrosion, surface chemistry, Energy resources, phase rule, materials. Contribution to Outcomes: 1. Examines basic fundamentals of laboratory analysis with emphasis on applied chemical and microbiological procedures for water plant operators. Designed to give students a broad overview of the water fields and issues like boiler troubles and control & protection confronting the industry. Students will learn how source waters are obtained, treated and distributed.
1231
2. Student can able to know the chemistry of cells are used in industries follow the principles of electrolysis. Explain Batteries and their charging and discharging processes. Develop many different technologies that use redox reactions. 3. Student knows the basic Concepts in Corrosion, cause for the problem of corrosion, methods to be adopted to control Corrosion and the processes to protect the corrosion 4. Student follows the existence of materials in different form and the methods of separation of the materials. By adsorption technique student learns the applications of indicators and purification of solvents in the industries.
1232
5. The Polymer Chemistry course builds upon the basic concepts of polymerisation introduced on day one. Synthetic techniques in common use in both academic and industrial laboratories for making a wide variety of polymers will be covered. Conductivity of polymers also helps in electro chemistry. If a company works with plastics, rubbers, resins, adhesives, composites, coatings, fibres or packaging, a good understanding of polymer chemistry will benefit. The Polymer Chemistry course will give you a deeper understanding and a good overview of the different aspects of polymer chemistry. 6. Emerging methodologies that facilitate greater control over the final product, and as a consequence enable novel polymer architectures, will also be considered. Explains about fuels and their extraction, synthesis analysis. Estimates of pressure and temperature 1233 (geothermobarometry)
4. Estimation of acid by conductometric titrations: It is designed for the Students to evaluate the concentration of the unknown solution by Conductometer. 5. Estimation of acid potentiometric titration: It helps students to determine concentration through potential values. 6. Determination of viscosity: It helps students to select a lubricant for different machinery. 7. Preparation of asprin: It helps students to know the preparation of medicinal compounds and mechanism of action.
1235
8. Determination of flash and fire point: It is especially designed for Mechanical students to take safety measures in extraction, use and storage of low volatile solvents. 9. Determination of calorific value of a solid fuel by bomb colorimeter: It helps students to determine the calorific value of solid/liquid fuels. 10. Grease penetration test: It tells the students about the action of semi solid lubricants in high pressure lubrication
1236
4. DISASTER MANAGEMENT The students are made aware of managing a disaster through the lesson The Cuddalore Experience by Anu George and the basics of Essay Writing. 5. HUMOUR The students learn the art of note making and interview skills and improve their vocabulary by reading Somerset Maughams The Luncheon. 6. OUTLOOK The students are made aware of the typical outlook of Indians in general, for a better understanding through the lesson, Indian Crowds by Nirad C.Choudary.
1238
4. To instill morals and values through the short story The Only American From Our Village by Arun Joshi. 5. To introduce Francis Bacon, the great essayist, through the essay Of Studies and teach the students, the importance of studies and education. 6. To encourage the students to improve their vocabulary and appreciate the greatest dramatist, William Shakespeares work through Polonious Speech an extract from Hamlet.
1240
4. ETIQUETTE AND MANNERS To guide the students in following proper etiquette and developing good manners. To train students in becoming aware of modern etiquette and types of etiquette. 5. INTERVIEW SKILLS To equip the students with the knowledge of preparing, attending and being successful in interviews.
1243
Course Name: ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB-(ELCS LAB) After attending the course the student should be able to : Ist Year Ist Semester 1. Introduction to the Sounds of English Vowels, Diphthongs & Consonants. To help students learn correct pronunciation, a key to successful conversation. 2. Situational Dialogues/Role Play To train them to converse effectively and use appropriate language for functional usage.
1244
3. Oral Presentations-Prepared and Extempore Enables to enhance their confidence levels and prepare them to actively participate in Paper Presentations. 4. Just A Minute Sessions (JAM) To develop their creative thinking ability and time management. 5. Describing Objects/Situations/People To help them use their active vocabulary effectively. 6. Information Transfer To enable the student to comprehend and present the information in the required format.
1245
Ist Year IInd Semester 1. Introduction to Stress and Intonation. To help the learner speak with the right stress & tone for correct speech production. 2. Functional English To help students use relevant and appropriate language useful for different situations. 3. Vocabulary building To enhance their vocabulary and enable them to use it aptly. 4. Reading Comprehension To help them improve their comprehending skills and develop reading habits. 5. Debate To help learners to express their views assertively, 1246 build confidence and team spirit.
1247